Home

Palm Treo 750 User Guide

Contents

1. 7 If prompted select either of the following as your email provider YOUR EMAIL 5 CHAPTER ne Inbox a Ya E mail Setup O Previous Internet e mail Select this option if you access email from any type of email account except a corporate account that uses an Exchange mail server Exchange server Select this option if you access email from a corporate email account using an Exchange server Press Next C right action key Enter your name and if you want change your account display name to something meaningful For example if this is your work email account you can change the display name to Work or your company s name SETTING UP EMAIL 5 YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER Inbox El Y E mail Setup Your name 15 User Example Kevin Cook Account display name Work The name for this account on this device Previous E 10 Press Next gt right action key 11 Enter the name of the incoming mail server i Inbox y E mail Setup e Incoming mail server I Tf unsure check with your provider to get POPJIMAP settings Account type POPS y Previous 12 Select the Account type list and then select POP3 or IMAP 13 Press Next gt right action key 14 Enter your account username and password 15 If you want your password entered automatically check the Save password box If you want to enter your password
2. CHAPTER SYNCHRONIZATION OVERVIEW O SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER After you install desktop sync software you can synchronize in any of the following ways e By connecting your smartphone to your computer using the sync cable see Synchronizing using the sync cable e By connecting your smartphone to your computer using Bluetooth wireless technology see Synchronizing over a Bluetooth connection e By connecting your smartphone to your computer using the infrared IR ports see Synchronizing over an infrared connection If you have a Windows XP computer The desktop sync software is called ActiveSync desktop software If you have a Windows Vista computer The desktop sync software is called Windows Mobile Device Center The sync application on your smartphone is called ActiveSync Synchronizing wirelessly with the server You can set up your smartphone to synchronize email and other information wirelessly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or Exchange Server 2007 using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync see Setting up wireless synchronization If you choose this method synchronization takes place automatically after setup You do not need to install the software from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD NOTE We recommend that you install the desktop sync software from the CD even if you synchronize wirelessly with the server You need the desktop sync software to synch
3. Delete messages in Inbox 8 Older than one week O Older than two weeks O Older than one month O Delete all messages Cancel 4 Select Purge gt left action key Customizing the Messaging application Customizing message settings 1 Press Start and select Messaging 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Options 128 CUSTOMIZING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION 3 On the Messages tab set any of the following options T ya BR Messaging Options Confirm message deletions Automatically download MMS Messages v Even when roaming Message validity period Maximum Signature veras Coco ae E Confirm message deletions Indicates whether you want deletion confirmation messages to appear Automatically download MMS messages Indicates whether you want to automatically receive multimedia messages Check the Even when roaming box to download multimedia messages both on your home network and while roaming NOTE You might incur additional charges if you download multimedia messages while roaming YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q Message validity period Indicates how long messages remain available to be sent if the recipient s phone or email address is not available when you originally send the message For example if your messages generally contain information that will not be useful to recipients after an hour you can
4. EXCEL MOBILE D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Renaming a worksheet 1 Open the workbook containing the worksheet you want to rename Press Menu gt right action key and select Format gt Modify Sheets In the Sheets list highlight the worksheet you want to rename Select Rename enter a new name for the worksheet and then press OK a twice Sorting info in a worksheet 1 2 Highlight the cells you want to sort Press Menu lt gt right action key and select Tools gt Sort Select the Sort by list and then select the primary sort column Check the Ascending box to sort in ascending order Leave the box unchecked to sort in descending order Optional Select the Then by lists and then select second and third level sorting options 7 Check or uncheck the Exclude header row from sort box to indicate whether you want to sort the header row Select OK Filtering info in a worksheet 1 N Highlight the cells that contain the info you want to filter Press Menu C right action key and select Tools gt AutoFilter A list appears at the top of each related column Select one of the new lists and then select a filter This hides all rows that do not include the selected filter Optional Do any of the following e Select the other lists and select other filters e To display all rows again select the filter lists and select All e To turn off filt
5. Press Start and select Settings On the Personal tab select Keyguard Select the Auto Keyguard list and then disable the Auto Keyguard feature or set the period of inactivity that passes before the keyboard automatically locks Settings E y amp Keyguard Auto Keyguard When power is turned off Press Option Power button to manually enable the Keyguard Disable touchscreen O While on call in Today Screen Press OK 8 Locking your screen 1 2 Press Start and select Settings On the Personal tab select Keyguard LOCKING YOUR SMARTPHONE AND INFO 3 Check or uncheck the Disable touchscreen box to determine whether the screen s touch sensitive feature is enabled during a call 4 Press OK 8 Locking the SIM card You can lock your SIM Subscriber Identity Module card to prevent unauthorized use of your mobile account When your SIM card is locked you must enter the PIN to power on your phone to make or receive calls except for emergency numbers The SIM card remains locked even if you move the card to another phone When your SIM card is locked you can unlock your SIM card by trying to turn on the phone A dial pad appears for you to enter your PIN BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on e Get your default PIN from your wireless service provider YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS O 1 Press St
6. 8 Press OK Viewing available expansion card memory 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Press Start and select Settings 3 Select the System tab and then select Memory 33 Select the Storage Card tab 4 5 Press OK 8 Exploring files on an expansion card 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Press Start and select Programs Select File Explorer a 4 Tap the Show list in the upperleft and select Storage Card wo 5 Select the folder or files you want to view 6 Press OK e Renaming an expansion card If you change the contents of an expansion card you may at some point want to rename the card to better match its contents TIP Before copying information to or renaming the files or folders on an expansion card or renaming the card itself make sure the card is not write protected See the instructions that came with your card for details 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Press Start and select Programs 3 Select File Explorer Y Tap the Show list in the upperleft and select My Device 5 Highlight the current expansion card name Storage Card by default 6 Press Menu C right action key and select Rename 7 Enter a new name for the card 8 Press OK 228 USING EXPANSION CARDS YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS D CHAPTER Encrypting an expansion card Calculator E y Wh
7. Your smartphone enables you to create both picture and text speed dial buttons so that you can select a button on the Today screen to quickly dial a number Creating a speed dial button You can create up to 20 picture buttons and 50 text buttons 1 2 Go to your Today screen Press Menu gt gt right action key and select New Speed Dial Do one of the following e Select Link to contact select the contact you want to link to this button and then select the number you want to dial with this button e Select Label and enter a name for this button and then select Number and enter the phone number you want to dial with this button Ely Faas BR Link Smila Label R w Number fitsss 555 1234 Quick Key RJ O Text Speed Dial Picture Speed Dial CEI Cancel E Delete DEFINING SPEED DIAL BUTTONS 4 Optional Enter a Quick Key When the Today screen is showing you can press and hold the Quick Key to instantly dial this number Quick Keys can be letters or numbers but you can t use both the letter and number on the same key For example the voicemail Quick Key is 1 The letter equivalent for that key is E so you cannot assign E as a Quick Key to another speed dial button 5 If this button is linked to a contact entry with a picture select either Text Speed Dial or Picture Speed Dial to indicate which type of button you want to create If this button is not lin
8. devices for information Panel gt Add or Remove Programs 3 Remove your desktop software For IMPORTANT Do not use a backup utility to computers running Windows XP the transfer your info from another device to software is called Microsoft ActiveSync your new smartphone This can cause your For computers running Windows Vista smartphone to malfunction the software is called Windows Mobile Device Center 4 Quit any active applications including virus scanners and Internet security applications TRANSFERRING INFO FROM ANOTHER DEVICE TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 5 To reinstall the software insert the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD into your computer s CD drive and follow the onscreen instructions See Installing ActiveSync desktop software Resetting your smartphone Windows XP or Installing Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista for detailed instructions You must install the desktop sync software that came with your smartphone on the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD Other versions do not work with this smartphone DID YOU KNOW The Windows Mobile Getting Started CD installs the software and drivers that let you synchronize with Microsoft Office Outlook If you want to synchronize with a different personal information manager PIM you must install a third party solution Contact the PIM s vendor to learn if software is available for your smartphone Performing a soft rese
9. 4 Press OK 8 Organizing your schedule Use categories to view various types of events 1 2 Create an event and then select it Press Menu C right action key and select Edit Select Categories and then check the categories that apply to this event 178 CALENDAR To add a new category press New gt left action key enter the category name and then press OK e Calendar 4 Press OK 8 two more times 5 After you assign events to categories press Menu C right action key and select Filter 6 Select the type of events you want to view tip Wonder why you re not seeing all the events in your day Check to make sure that the filter is set to All Appointments Deleting an event 1 Highlight the event you want to delete 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Delete Appointment 3 YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER O Select Yes to confirm the deletion CHAPTER Customizing Calendar 1 2 Press Menu gt right action key and select Tools gt Options On the General tab set any of the following options Calendar Start in gen ew 1st day of was Week view C Show half hour slots C Show week numbers Start in Specifies which view is displayed when you open Calendar 1st day of week Specifies Sunday or Monday as the first day of the week for all Calendar views Week view Specifies whether five six or seven days appea
10. 9 If you checked the Play Sound box then select the sound for the selected type of call You can also check the Repeat box to have the sound repeat Optional Select the Play icon to preview the sound Check the Display message on screen box to have a message displayed when the event occurs Check the Vibrate when boxes to turn the vibrate feature on off based on the Ringer switch setting Repeat steps 4 7 to select ringtones for other types of calls Press OK 8 DID YOU KNOW You can record preview delete and send sounds on your smartphone You can also set sounds for messaging notifications and calendar reminders See Selecting Sounds amp Notifications CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS Adjusting call and ringer volume Volume Y AN Call volume While a call is in progress press Volume on the side of your smartphone to adjust the call volume Ringer volume When a call is not in progress and you are not playing music or a video press Volume to adjust ringer volume Assigning a caller ID ringtone 1 2 3 Press Start and select Contacts Highlight the contact s name Press Menu C right action key and select Edit YOUR PHONE O 4 Select Ring tone 5 Select a tone for this contact entry 6 Press OK Enabling TTY You can enable your smartphone for use with a TTY TDD device A TTY also known as a TDD or Text Telephone is a telecommunications device that enabl
11. Edit Server Settings User name Password Domain Save password required for automatic sync SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION O NOTE You can t see your password as you enter it so be careful Be sure Caps Lock and Option Lock are not on unless you need them For info on how to enter characters see Entering lowercase and uppercase letters and Entering numbers punctuation and symbols CHAPTER TIP The Exchange server settings are case sensitive Be sure to enter uppercase and lowercase letters properly 7 Check the Save password box tip Ask your system administrator if it is OK to store your corporate email password on your smartphone for increased security you may need to enter your password each time you access your email If it is not OK don t check the Save password box you must synchronize manually see Initiating a wireless sync manually 8 Optional Select Advanced to set the rules for fixing sync conflicts 9 Press Next gt right action key and check the boxes for the types of SETTING UP WIRELESS SYNCHRONIZATION CHAPTER SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION information you want to synchronize with the Exchange server ActiveSync E ya Edit Server Settings O Choose the data you want to synchronize 25 ES E Calendar A E mail Tasks Finish 10 Optional Highlight an item and select Setti
12. Erase all data prompt appears Press Up A to confirm the hard reset 7 Wait for the progress bar on the Treo logo screen to fill before continuing to use your smartphone 8 Optional Synchronize to restore your previously synchronized info If you use a backup utility you may also need to restore a backup to recover additional info and settings Replacing the battery Your smartphone comes with a replaceable battery Be sure to use a replacement battery from Palm that is compatible with Treo 750 models Do not use a battery from any earlier model of smartphone TIP Be sure to dispose of your old battery in an environmentally responsible and legal way In some areas disposal in household or business trash is prohibited Visit www palm com environment for more information DID YOU KNOW Your smartphone stores all your info even when you remove the battery RESETTING YOUR SMARTPHONE Press Power End 2 to turn off the screen Use one hand to press the Battery door release and use the other hand to slide the battery door downward to remove it from your smartphone Place a finger in the notch between the stylus and the battery and lift the battery at a 45 degree angle Align the new battery s contacts with the phone contacts inside the battery compartment Insert the new battery into the compartment at a 45 degree angle pressing it into place Slide the battery door onto the back of the smartp
13. Press Start and select Internet Explorer Press Menu gt right action key and select Favorites Select the Add Delete tab Select New Folder Enter a name for this folder and then select Add Press OK e Downloading files and images from a web page You can download files that are usable on your smartphone such as new applications MIDI ringtones or pictures 138 BROWSING THE WEB YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O DID YOU KNOW You can select the Downloads favorite to access your wireless service provider s downloads page 1 Go to the page that contains the link to the file you want to download 2 To download a file press Left 4 or Right gt to highlight the link to the file Press and hold Center O and then select Save As To download an image tap and hold on the image select Save Image and then select Save As 3 Select Name and enter a new name for the file 4 Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the file 5 Select the Location list and then select where you want to store the file Main memory or Storage card 6 Press OK Copying text from a web page You can copy text from a web page and paste it in other applications CHAPTER Tip You can copy the text from the entire web page Tap and hold on the page and then tap Select All Text Tap and hold on the page again and then tap Copy 1 Use the stylus to hi
14. 1 Highlight the entry or file you want to beam 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Beam the menu item changes names based on the type of item you highlighted 3 Do one of the following Contacts o Y me Ge 2Srith Jill To beam select a device Treo Tap to send Wayne Tap to send 222 BEAMING INFORMATION YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS D a Ww E lt Bluetooth When the name of the Receiving beamed information receiving device appears select Tapto 1 Turn on your screen if it is not already send to begin the transfer A blue icon on indicates a Bluetooth connection 2 If you are beaming over an IR IR Point the IR port on your smartphone connection point the IR port on your directly at the IR port of the receiving smartphone directly at the IR port of the device A red icon indicates an IR transmitting device connection 3 When the Receiving Data message appears select Yes to receive the beam Tip If you can t receive beamed info press Start and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Beam Make sure the Receive all incoming beams box is checked If you still can t receive info try a soft reset see Resetting your smartphone 4 Wait for Done to appear next to the name of the receiving device before you continue using your smartphone Usi ng expansion TIP The regional setting determines the list of Ca r
15. answer the new call contact your wireless service provider for Press Answer gt left action key or more information Phone Send After you answer the Call 1 Answer a second call see Answering a second call call waiting or put the first Start Dear call on hold and make a second call see Call in Progress Making a second call Type a name or number 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Conference This joins the two calls with you in a conference Eileen Tahoe 155555504288 Start Gly Ey 7 31 Call in Progress E3 ie Type a name or number Group Conference e Press Swap lt left action key to move between callers by placing the current active call on hold and talking on the other line e Make the calls a conference call See Making a conference call WHAT CAN DO DURING A CALL 3 Optional Do one or more of the following e Make more calls and join them into the conference call The number of calls you can join in conference depends on your service plan e Extract a caller from the conference call to talk with them privately by pressing Menu gt right action key selecting Extract and then selecting the name The extracted call becomes the active call Start Gl A 7 31 Call in Progress i Type a name or number Group Confereni Active 00 28 Eileen Tahoe 155555504288 Swap between the conference call and the private call by pressin
16. organizer Say good bye to paper calendars and throw away those scribbled to do lists Your Palm Treo 750 smartphone is all you need to organize your personal information and keep it with you wherever you go You never lose your information even if your battery is completely drained All your personal information is backed up each time you synchronize and your information is kept private when you use the security features available on your smartphone Also you can easily share info with others electronically Benefits e Track current future and past e Set reminders for appointments appointments birthdays important tasks and e Make to do lists that get done more In this chapter CAS OO 171 Calendan EEA A R A E E PAT EERE EEA 174 TASK O E Y A E A EA OE 180 Contacts Adding a contact 1 Press Start and select Contacts 2 Press New gt left action key 3 Select the type of contact to create Outlook Contact This type of contact is stored in the Contacts application on your smartphone and synchronizes with the Contacts application in Microsoft Outlook on your computer SIM Contact This type of contact is stored on the SIM card in your smartphone and does not synchronize If you use the SIM card with another smartphone you can access any contacts on the SIM card see Using SIM Manager 4 Use the 5 way navigator to move between fields as you enter information YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATI
17. 1 Press Menu C right action key and select Page 2 Select one of the following options Fit to width Resizes the file so that the width of the file matches the width of the screen you may need to scroll up or down to view the entire document CHAPTER Fit to page Resizes the file so that the entire file both width and height fits on one screen Customizing PDF Viewer 1 Press Menu gt right action key and select Settings 2 Select any of the following options Clear History Deletes all files from the Recent list see Opening a file Files Specifies which file types can be opened with PDF Viewer About Contains information on the PDF Viewer application PDF VIEWER En D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 212 PDF VIEWER Q CHAPTER 11 Your application and info management tools Your Palm Treo 750 smartphone comes equipped with a variety of tools for managing and organizing your information Get the most out of your smartphone Install some of the thousands of business education or leisure time applications available After you use your smartphone to create or capture important business and personal information use one of several options to share the info with others Insert expansion cards sold separately for a compact and limitless answer to the storage dilemma And because there s one on your smartphone you never need to carry a separate calc
18. 6 Notes Notes are a great way to capture thoughts questions and meeting notes on your smartphone You can also create a voice note or add a recording to an existing note BEFORE YOU BEGIN To take advantage of all the sync features available in the Notes application install ActiveSync desktop synchronization software from your Windows Mobile Getting Started CD Creating a note 1 Press Start an and select Programs 2 Select Notes 3 Press New C left action key 4 Doone of the following 5 YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER O CHAPTER Type the text with the keyboard If you turned on writing mode see Customizing Notes write the text with the stylus Press Menu gt right action key select Draw and then draw a sketch with the stylus crossing at least three ruled lines Press OK 8 Creating a voice note 1 2 3 Press Start and select Programs Select Notes To add a voice recording to an existing note open the note to which you want to add the recording NOTES O YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER 4 8 If the voice note controls are not visible at the bottom of the screen press Menu gt right action key and select View Recording Toolbar Tap the Record icon Notes a y amp all Folders Name y Grocery list Speak into the microphone on your smartphone or hold it close to another sound source When
19. 7 Press OK Editing a speed dial button 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Highlight the speed dial button you want to edit 3 Press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select Edit Speed Dial Make the desired changes 4 5 Press OK Tip You can also edit a speed dial button by pressing Menu selecting Speed Dial Options and then selecting the button you want to edit Deleting a speed dial button 1 Go to your Today screen 5 Highlight the speed dial button you want to delete Press and hold Center G to open the shortcut menu and then select Edit Speed Dial Press Delete gt right action key Select Yes to confirm the deletion Arranging your speed dial buttons 1 2 Go to your Today screen Press Menu right action key and select Speed Dial Options Highlight the button you want to move Press Option Left 4 or Right gt or Up A or Down Y to move the button in that direction Using a phone headset You can connect a phone headset for hands free operation You can use either the headset that came with your smartphone or a compatible third party headset 50 USING A PHONE HEADSET YOUR PHONE O a W a A lt IMPORTANT If driving while using a must use the wired headset while driving smartphone is permitted where you are place a speaker in only one ear Leave the and you need to make a call we other ear free to hear outside noises Make
20. Original fonts reappear on your computer Number formats Microsoft Office Excel 97 conditional formatting is displayed in Number format Formulas and functions Unsupported functions are removed and only the returned value of the function appears Formulas containing the following are also converted to values e An array or array argument for example SUM 1 2 3 4 e External link references or an intersection range reference e References past row 16384 are replaced with REF Protection settings Most protection features are disabled but not removed However password protection is removed You must remove the password protection in Microsoft Office Excel on your computer before opening the file on your smartphone Zoom settings Worksheet specific zoom settings are not retained The zoom setting applies to the entire workbook Worksheet names Names that refer to other workbooks arrays array formulas or intersection ranges are removed from the name list causing those formulas to be resolved as NAME All hidden names are not hidden AutoFilter Settings AutoFilters that cause rows to be hidden are supported Use the Unhide command to display hidden rows Other AutoFilters are removed but you can use the AutoFilter command in Excel Mobile to perform similar functions Chart Formatting All charts are saved as they appear in Excel Mobile Unsupported chart types are changed to one of these support
21. Play video in full screen Sets whether videos automatically play in full screen format Scale to fit window Sets whether videos are automatically scaled to fit the Playback screen Select the Network tab and set the following options Protocol Enables and disables the available protocols You must select at least one protocol You can also set a UDP Port WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O a E a Internet connection speed Specifies e To assign a button highlight the item z the speed of your network connection you want to set select Assign and and specifies whether you want the then press the button you want to use device to detect connection speed for that item Select the Library tab and set whether e To restore an item s factory setting you want to see the Library or Playback highlight the item and select Reset screen when you open Windows Media e To unassign an item highlight the Player Mobile item and select None Select the Skins tab and select 9 Press OK 9 Previous or Next to set the player s background Select the Buttons tab to change any of the available button settings Windows Media Elo y Be Play Pause ENTER Stop Not assigned Pause Not assigned LJ JC E WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER 169 WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE CHAPTER 9 Your personal information
22. Select Name and enter a new name for the file 7 Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the file Select the Type list and then select the format in which you want to save the file Select the Location list and then select whether you want to store the file on your smartphone Main memory or on an expansion card Storage card Select Save Formatting text 1 2 3 Open the document you want to format Highlight the text you want to format Press Menu gt right action key and select Format gt Font Set any of the following options for the highlighted text Font Specifies the typeface Font color Specifies the color Size Specifies the point size Bold Indicates whether the text appears normal or thick 194 WORD MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 10 a W E z Italics Indicates whether the text Indentation Changes the paragraph z appears upright or slanted margins Underline Indicates whether the text e Left Sets the left margin for the appears with an underscore entire paragraph Highlight Indicates whether the text e Right Sets the right margin for the appears with a yellow highlight entire paragraph e Special Lets you indent the first line Strikethrough Indicates whether the ee or set a hanging indent text appears with a line through it e By Sets the size of the special 5 Press OK e to return to th
23. The base station then sends your call through the telephone network until it reaches the person you are calling Making a Phone Call Receiving a Phone Call When you receive a call on your wireless telephone the message travels through the telephone network until it reaches a base station close to your wireless phone Then the base station sends out radio waves that are detected by a receiver in your telephone where the signals are changed back into the sound of a voice The Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Food and Drug Administration FDA each regulate wireless telephones FCC ensures that all wireless phones sold in the United States follow safety guidelines that limit radio frequency RF energy FDA monitors the health effects of wireless telephones Each agency has the authority to take action if a wireless phone produces hazardous levels of RF energy FDA derives its authority to regulate wireless telephones from the Radiation Control provisions of the Federal Food Drug and Cosmetic Act originally enacted as the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968 http Awww fda gov edrh comp epre html FCC derives its authority to regulate wireless telephones from the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 NEPA and the Telecommunications Act of 1996 http www fcc gov telecom html Updated 7 16 2003 Hands Free Capability All CTIA Certified portable products provide the consumer with
24. Turning your Palm Treo 750 smartphone on off The term smartphone refers to the device and its physical aspects The term phone refers to the wireless feature of your Palm Treo 750 smartphone that enables you to connect to your wireless service provider s network so that you can make and receive calls and send and receive data The phone and the screen of your smartphone can be turned off and on separately This means you can wake up the screen to use just the organizer features of your device without turning on the phone Also when the screen is turned off the phone can be on and ready for you to receive phone calls or messages Turning your phone on Press and hold Power End gt When your smartphone locates a signal your wireless service provider s name appears in the upperleft of the screen and the YOUR PHONE O signal strength Y icon appears at the top of the screen CHAPTER When you turn on your phone it connects to a mobile network so that you can make and receive phone calls and use other wireless services if supported by the local network When you are inside a coverage area the signal strength Y icon has bars in it If you re outside a coverage area the indicator light flashes amber and no bars appear in the signal strength icon Turning your phone off Press and hold Power End When your phone is off the phone off Y icon appears at the top of the screen and Phone Off appears in
25. actively transmitting data You can still make or receive calls By a cl YOUR PHONE O Your phone is on and an EDGE if data connection is active You can still make or receive calls but the data transmission is automatically interrupted CHAPTER Your phone is connected to a GPRS network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make or receive calls Your phone is on and a GPRS data connection is active You can still make or receive calls but the data transmission is automatically interrupted ActiveSync synchronization is in progress Your smartphone is connected to a computer or network or Windows Mobile Device Center synchronization is in progress A data connection is not available or your phone is off Your smartphone s battery is low WHAT ARE ALL THOSE ICONS O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Wireless service provider name Your smartphone s battery is charging Your smartphone is connected to a power outlet and the battery is fully charged Your phone is on When you turn off your phone Phone Off appears instead The Bluetooth wireless technology status indicator appears in gray when this feature is off in blue when this feature is on and in reverse blue when your smartphone is communicating with another Bluetooth device A call is in progress and your smartphone is connected to a Bluetooth headset or car kit You have a reminder If the
26. gt cola sean vas sua zo ra 86 Synchronization overview SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION How do synchronize This chapter discusses using desktop sync software and other methods to synchronize your smartphone and your computer When you synchronize info you enter on your smartphone your computer or your corporate server is automatically updated in the other location There s no need to enter the info twice This is true whether you sync with your computer using desktop synchronization software see Setting up your computer for synchronization or wirelessly with your company s Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync see Setting up wireless synchronization There are a number of ways to make synchronization occur You can install desktop sync software on your computer to synchronize in one of several ways or you may be able to synchronize wirelessly with an Exchange server You can also maximize your sync options and sync with both an Exchange server and desktop sync software to maximize your sync options Synchronizing with desktop sync software BEFORE YOU BEGIN Install the software from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD which came with your smartphone You must install this software even if you have already installed a previous version of desktop sync software See Installing ActiveSync desktop software Windows XP or Installing Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista for instructions
27. on your computer If you want to synchronize pictures music and videos you need to have Windows Media Player 10 or later installed on your computer Tip If you don t already have Outlook or Windows Media Player installed on your computer you can install them from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD Insert the CD into your computer s CD drive select Add Programs Windows XP or Bonus Software Windows Vista and then select Windows Media Player or the link to download a trial version of Outlook 2007 Tip If you want to synchronize with a personal information manager PIM other than Microsoft Office Outlook you must install a third party solution Contact the PIM s vendor to learn if software is available for your smartphone This table lists the types of info you can synchronize and the methods to use CHAPTER WHAT CAN SYNCHRONIZE 7 O SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER Info type Method Where to learn more Outlook Contacts Calendar Tasks Desktop sync software syne with computer or Exchange ActiveSync direct sync with server Setting up your computer for synchronization or Setting up wireless synchronization Outlook Email Desktop sync software or Setting up your computer for Exchange ActiveSync synchronization or Setting up wireless synchronization Word Excel Desktop sync software Setting up your computer for PowerPoint PDF synchronization fil
28. 1 Ter here to ada anew task Send Dad a card IM Write meeting agenda M Update glossary Pick up dry cleaning O O Create chart Call Becky Complete E Press Complete gt left action key TIP You can also mark a task complete by tapping the check box next to the task on the Tasks list DID YOU KNOW Overdue tasks appear in red Organizing your tasks 1 In the Tasks list press Menu C right action key and select Filter Select which tasks you want to view All Tasks Recently Viewed No Categories Active Tasks Completed Tasks or a specific category such as Business or Personal Press Menu gt right action key and select Sort By Select the sort method Status Priority Subject Start Date or Due Date Deleting a task 1 2 3 Highlight the task you want to delete Press Menu gt right action key and select Delete Task Select Yes to confirm the deletion Customizing Tasks Go to the Tasks list Press Menu gt right action key and select Options Set any of the following options Set reminders for new items Automatically adds a reminder to new tasks The default reminder is set to 8 00 on the morning the task is due You can override this setting for individual tasks Show start and due dates Displays task start and due dates in the Tasks list TASKS Show Tasks entry bar Displays the Tasks entry bar at the top of the Tasks list 4 Press OK
29. 109 Message validity period option 129 messages See also multimedia messages text messages voice notes adding signatures to 108 129 addressing 100 120 121 automatically resending 128 creating email 100 deleting 110 128 129 dialing from 39 displaying notification 236 displaying status of 127 forwarding 107 125 invalid characters and 120 listening to 42 receiving notifications for 124 130 268 saving 101 sorting 128 storing 282 Messages tab 129 Messaging application See also text messages multimedia messages adding contacts and 171 chat sessions and 126 customizing 128 131 email settings in 108 messaging options in 123 notification options in 124 overview 119 play options in 125 starting 119 status icons in 127 messaging applications 281 messaging services 268 288 microphone 5 43 157 283 microphone icon 240 icrosoft ActiveSync See ActiveSync icrosoft Exchange ActiveSync See Exchange ActiveSync icrosoft Office 187 icrosoft Office Excel 199 See also spreadsheets Microsoft Windows Mobile software 218 icrosoft Windows Mobile website 259 icrosoft Word documents See documents MIDI files 120 miniSD cards 223 mirror 6 153 issed call option 55 MS files 164 MMS messaging 119 288 mobile accounts See accounts obile Device component Windows 289 INDEX 623 Mobile Device folder 76 219 220 mobile devices 222 259 mobile network
30. 200 203 information 25 26 numbers 24 25 owner information 247 passkeys 53 144 passwords 81 93 96 246 247 phone numbers 12 34 37 39 PINs 245 text 242 243 web addresses 30 135 Entire column option 209 Entire row option 209 entry fields deleting text in 20 highlighting in 18 20 moving to 18 opening drop down lists in 23 scrolling through 18 Erase all data prompt 262 erasing See deleting error messages 235 275 error reporting 250 251 316 INDEX Error Reporting icon 251 Error Reporting screen 251 errors 250 266 275 ESD electrostatic discharge 299 Even when roaming check box 129 event categories 178 event icons 180 Event list 236 events creating 176 177 deleting 179 filtering 179 hiding 178 marking as sensitive 178 reminders for 176 selecting sounds for 236 setting notification preferences for 236 Events check box 235 Excel files 187 See also Excel Mobile spreadsheets Excel Mobile application customizing 209 display settings for 201 overview 198 searching in 207 starting 200 supported features 198 unsupported features 199 Excel Mobile icon 200 Exchange ActiveSync 278 288 291 Exchange Address Book 273 Exchange server credentials screen 276 Exchange server sync options 82 276 Exchange servers accessing 173 getting email from 101 setting up accounts for 80 82 synchronizing with 11 70 85 275 troubleshooting 276 278 exiting applications 28 252 expanding lists in fields 23
31. 44 in x 2 34 in x 0 84 in 112 9mm x 59 3mm x 21 3mm Weight 5 4 ounces 154 grams Connectivity Infrared 1 0 compliant Bluetoothe wireless technology 1 2 compliant Display Touch sensitive LCD screen includes stylus 65 536 colors 16 bit color Resolution 240 x 240 Useradjustable brightness Keyboard Built in QWERTY keyboard plus 5 way navigator Backlight for low lighting conditions SPECIFICATIONS Included software Today Phone includes Speed Dial and Dial Pad Messaging text multimedia and email Internet Explorer Mobile web browser Camera Pictures amp Videos Windows Media Player Mobile File Explorer Contacts Calendar Tasks Notes Calculator ActiveSync Excel Mobile Word Mobile PowerPoint Mobile Voice Command Quick Tour Search Terminal Services Picsel PDF Viewer Bluetooth Plug in System requirements Windows XP or Vista later versions may also be supported 32MB of available memory RAM 170MB of free hard disk space Available USB port Operating and storage temperature range 32 F to 104 F 0 C to 40 C 5 to 90 RH SPECIFICATIONS Index SYMBOLS on battery icon 10 NUMERICS 112 calls 35 243 297 1st day of week option 179 3GP files 161 3GPP files 121 158 3GPP2 files 121 158 5 way navigator 5 17 19 282 911 calls 35 243 297 A AC charger 9 77 accented characters 26 27 accessing ActiveS
32. 5 way to select the Dial Lookup field When two calls are active your Today screen includes two call status sections each representing one of the calls YOUR PHONE O CHAPTER Start Elo e 7 31 Call in Progress i Type a name or number Carl Wayne Eileen Tahoe 155555504288 Answering a second call call waiting When you re on a call and you receive a second call the call waiting notification appears if you have chosen to be notified see Setting call waiting notification You can do any of the following Send the new call to voicemail Press Menu C right action key and select Ignore Send the new caller a text message Press Menu gt right action key and select Ignore with text message The second call is sent to voicemail A new text message opens with the phone number of the caller entered in the To field WHAT CAN DO DURING A CALL O YOUR PHONE Hang up the current call and answer the Making a conference call new call Press Menu c gt right action key and select Drop and Answer You can also press Power End to hang up the current call and then choose to answer or ignore the new call CHAPTER IMPORTANT You can join up to 5 calls into a 6 way conference call The number of calls you can join in conference depends on your service plan Additional charges may apply and minutes in your mobile account Place the current call on hold and may be deducted for each call Please
33. Center on the 5 way to open the shortcut menu Select Delete from Library and select Yes to confirm the deletion DID YOU KNOW If you move files between your smartphone and an expansion card be sure to update your libraries or you won t be able to see the files in their new location 164 WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE Working with playlists A playlist is a list of media files that play in a specific order You can use playlists to group audio files together or video files together for convenient playback For example in the desktop Windows Media Player you can create a playlist of upbeat songs for when you exercise and a playlist of soothing songs for a long flight When you synchronize your favorite playlists are automatically copied to your smartphone Your playlists appear in your libraries in the My Playlists category A temporary playlist called Now Playing appears on the Now Playing menu It lists the currently playing file as well as any files that are queued up to play next You can add to modify or clear the files on the Now Playing playlist 1 Goto the Now Playing screen e If you are on the Library screen select the Now Playing category e If you are on the Playback screen select Now Playing Windows Media YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O CHAPTER Falling Angel Electric Angel Now Playing 2 Do any of the following e To move a file up or down one slot highlight the file
34. Congratulations on the purchase of your new Palm Treo 750 smartphone You re about to discover the many things about your smartphone that will help you better manage your life and have fun too As you become more familiar with your smartphone you ll want to personalize the settings and add applications to make it uniquely yours But first follow these few easy steps to set up your smartphone and get it running Benefits e Know where your smartphone Start using your smartphone right controls are located away 4l2 gt CHAPTER 1 In this chapter Palm Treo 750 smartphone overview 2 0 0 eee 5 Insentingaheces Mucatckaticlib atten yess sere eet a 7 eharginge Ne pattern an 5 setae eS E A aS Se 9 Making OWI NSIC CE eras Hae coe kh oan coe eh an oto de A pepe aoe 12 Seto UO SVMENMOMIZETHON oo sec ac sees sveuosccdeuvuuosonces 14 SETTING UP CHAPTER Palm Treo 750 smartphone overview Front view Earpiece 5 way navigator with Center button Right action key Charge indicator light visible only when smartphone is connected to AC 7 Side button Left action key Phone Send Multi connector Headset jack PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE OVERVIEW 5 SETTING UP a W E a lt q E 8 TIP Be careful not to scratch or crush your DID YOU KNOW By default pressing and smartphone screen Do not store it in a place holding the Side button opens the Windows where other i
35. DID YOU KNOW You can also access the Inbox application from the Start menu 3 Select the account you want to use to send a message 4 Press Menu gt right action key and select New 5 Enter the recipient s email address Here are some shortcuts Outlook E mail El Y BR From Outlook E mail To trwashjr company c om Subject Files When do you need these e If the recipient s name and email address are in your Contacts list enter the first few letters of the recipient s first name last name or email address and then select the recipient s name If the recipient s name is in an online address book you can find the name and add it See Using an online address book DID YOU KNOW When addressing a message you can enter the contact s first and last initials separated by a space TIP To address a message to multiple recipients separate the addresses by pressing Enter or entering a semicolon 6 Select Subject and enter a title for the message 7 Press Down Y to go to the body of the message Enter your message or press Menu lt gt right action key select My Text and then select a predefined phrase you want to insert 8 Optional To attach an item to the message press Menu C right action key and select Insert Select the type of item you want to attach and then select the file or record a voice note SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES tip You can
36. Finish Automatic Send Receive Change the time interval for automatically downloading email from every 5 minutes to once a day If you do not want to automatically download messages select Manually Review all download settings Select this option to change download settings see Changing email download settings for information 5 Press Finish gt right action key If prompted select OK to download messages for this account now YOUR EMAIL 5 Sending and receiving messages Selecting which email account to use If you set up more than one email account on your smartphone see Setting up email you can select the account you want to use to view or send messages in one of two ways By default when you open the Inbox application a list of all of your email accounts appears Select the account you want e If you turn off the option to display the list of accounts see Customizing your email settings when you open the Inbox application the last account you were using is displayed Press Left 4 to cycle through your accounts until the name of the account you want appears in the title bar TIP Also press Left to switch to a different account after you are finished working in the first account you selected CHAPTER SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES 5 YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER Creating and sending an email message 1 Goto your Today screen 2 Press E mail lt left action key
37. General to access general Help topics 240 APPLICATION SETTINGS e To access your Calendar say Start Calendar e To access your music say Start Windows Media After Voice Command finishes speaking a microphone icon appears at the top of your screen Say your answer Tip You can move quickly through voice commands by stopping the voice command response before it finishes When Voice Command responds you can press the Voice Command button before it completes the question After the microphone icon is visible you may say your answer Setting input options 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Input 3 On the Input Method tab set any of the following options YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS O CHAPTER Settings Input Input method O Large keys Small keys o gt space al Shift key e Backspace q Enter Input Method Word Completion options NOTE The Input Method options you specify apply only to entering info using the screen You can still enter info using your smartphone s keyboard regardless of the onscreen input method you choose Input method Specifies which onscreen input method you want to Use Block Recognizer Use a single stroke to write letters numbers symbols and punctuation which are then converted into typed text Use gestures to enter Return and Backspace Keyboard Tap keys on the
38. Internet you must subscribe to data services with your wireless service provider e Contact your wireless service provider to verify that your subscription plan includes data services and that these services have been correctly activated Your wireless service provider should also be able to tell you if there are any outages in your location Press and hold Power End 2 to turn off your phone then press and hold the same button to turn it back on e Perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset e Confirm that data services are correctly configured on your smartphone by doing the following 1 Press Start an and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Connections fo 4 On the Tasks tab select Manage existing connections If your wireless service provider s name appears in the list press OK 8 If not contact your wireless service provider for assistance I can t send or receive text or multimedia messages Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on Contact your wireless service provider to verify that your plan includes messaging services that these services have been correctly activated and that they are available at your location Your wireless service provider should be able to tell you if messaging services have been experiencing transmission delays If possible contact the recipient or sender of the message
39. Internet Security 272 SYNCHRONIZATION e ActiveSync with Norton Personal Firewall e ActiveSync with Zone Alarm Security Suite e ActiveSync with McAfee Personal Firewall e ActiveSync with Windows Firewall 14 Verify with your computer hardware vendor that your operating system supports your internal USB controller Synchronization finishes but info doesn t appear where it should e With the included desktop sync software your smartphone can synchronize with the root folders of Microsoft Office Outlook Contacts Calendar Tasks and Notes Outlook sold separately a free trial version is available for download from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD If you want to synchronize with a global Exchange Address Book you must copy the addresses to your local Contacts list in Microsoft Office Outlook right click the addresses and select Add to Personal Address Book 2 3 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER Microsoft Office Outlook subfolders and public folders are not accessible with the included software You may want to use a third party solution instead If you re trying to sync offline be sure to set your Microsoft Office Outlook Calendar Contacts Notes and Tasks to be available offline If you re still having problems try the following Make sure you re synchronizing with the intended desktop personal information manager PIM The Windows Mobile Getting Started CD lets you synchronize with Micr
40. MB oe All calls All outgoing calls are blocked Settings 6 Press OK Phone Call Barring Bock icono cab 7 Enter the call barring password and iro press Done C right action key Block outgoing calls International Setting caller ID You can turn caller ID on or off BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on Select the Block incoming calls list and then select one of the options 1 Go to your Today screen Off No incoming calls are blocked 2 Press Menu right action key When roaming All incoming calls are and select Preferences gt Phone blocked when roaming Settings CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER 3 Select the Services tab and then select Caller ID from the list 4 Select the appropriate option to provide your caller ID to Everyone or No one Settings El y BR Phone Caller ID Provide my caller ID to Everyone O No one 5 Press OK 8 Setting call waiting notification You can choose to be notified when you receive a call while you are on a call You can choose to accept the call or not See Answering a second call call waiting BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on 1 Goto your Today screen 2 Press Menu lt gt right action key and select Preferences gt Phone
41. Scroll down to view Web search field e Speed dial entries Select a speed dial button either a picture or text to call the number assigned to it See Defining speed dial buttons to create your own Tip You can select a picture for your Today screen background and select which items appear in the Today screen See Today screen settings for details USING YOUR TODAY SCREEN CHAPTER 3 Your phone The phone along with the Today screen is your home base for making and receiving calls You can creatively manage multiple calls for example you can swap between calls send text messages to ignored calls and create conference calls And you can do more than manage your phone calls You can send text messages open applications go to your favorite web pages see your upcoming appointments and even find out how many unread email messages you have Benefits e Stay in touch you choose how e Create speed dial buttons with e Work in other applications when pictures of your friends on an active call In this chapter Turning your Palm Treo 750 smartphone on off 29 Makimorcalstiominenoday screen rien a teae eer arene 34 OWNS WENS Oi NEIMAN CAS go ose oon oenorddooonanernvovsnne 39 RECICLAR Sr era cae 40 UNTAR A a S 41 Wilt ein Cle danna ae alh ss sanaccconeseaaceonneenacesone 42 Denia SONS CMM NOUNS co Aone rocosos conose 48 CUESTONMIING DINO Sm ccoo novas os vaz ee ao aaa e 55
42. Send highlight the number or contact name you want to call and then press Phone Send to dial Start El Y 4 31 Wireless Service Provider A Type a name or number Unknown Caller 1 408 555 5841 Joe Sadusky 1 510 655 0237 Yoicemail To select from a chronological list of calls Go to your Today screen press Phone Send and then select Call Log Highlight the number you want to call and then press either Call gt left action key or Phone Send to dial MAKING CALLS FROM THE TODAY SCREEN tip You can also access the Call Log and Dial Pad from the Today screen by pressing Menu right action key Other ways of making calls Your smartphone offers several ways to make phone calls other than from the Today screen Try them all and you ll discover which methods you prefer Dialing by company name BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on 1 Press Start and select Contacts 2 Press Menu C right action key and select View By gt Company 3 Press Phone Send S to go to your Today screen 4 Using the keyboard begin entering the first few letters of the company name 5 Select the number you want to dial YOUR PHONE O 6 Press Phone Send to dial CHAPTER Dialing from a web page or message Your smartphone recognizes most phone numbers that appear in web pages or in messages text emai
43. Voice commands enable you to use speech to execute some commands on the Start menu and the Programs screen 1 Assign the Hold Side button to Voice Command See Reassigning buttons for details 2 Press Start and select Settings 3 On the Personal tab select Voice Command Settings El Y BR Voice Command M Enabled Password Protected Checked items are voice enabled MEET Y Contacts M media Y Messaging Phone Select Enabled 5 Select the items you want to enable If an item is highlighted and the Options button is active select Options to choose the features you want enabled for the highlighted item 6 Select Notifications and select the options for how you want to receive voice command notifications Using voice commands IMPORTANT Do not use voice commands in your car until you read the End user notice about this kind of usage see End_ user notice 1 Set the Ringer switch at the top of your smartphone to Sound On e 2 Hold your device about nine inches 230mm away from your mouth and then press and release the assigned Voice Command button see Setting up voice commands A tone plays and a microphone icon appears at the top of your screen 3 Ina clear voice say the command For example e To access Help say Help After Voice Command finishes speaking a microphone icon appears at the top of your screen Say your answer For example say
44. a toll free number for the purchase of a compatible hands free device 1 800 881 7256 IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION STATIC ELECTRICITY ESD AND YOUR PALM DEVICE Electrostatic discharge ESD can cause damage to electronic devices if discharged into the device so you should take steps to avoid such an occurrence Description of ESD Static electricity is an electrical charge caused by the buildup of excess electrons on the surface of a material To most people static electricity and ESD are nothing more than annoyances For example after walking over a carpet while scuffing your feet building up electrons on your body you may get a shock the discharge event when you touch a metal doorknob This little shock discharges the built up static electricity ESD susceptible equipment Even a small amount of ESD can harm circuitry so when working with electronic devices take measures to help protect your electronic devices including your Palm device from ESD harm While Palm has built protections against ESD into its products ESD unfortunately exists and unless neutralized could build up to levels that could harm your equipment Any electronic device that contains an external entry point for plugging in anything from cables to docking stations is susceptible to entry of ESD Devices that you carry with you such as your Palm device build up ESD in a unique way because the static electricity that may have built up on y
45. account containing the messages you want to view 4 Press Menu C right action key and select Send Receive to synchronize your smartphone with your email server TIP Partially downloaded messages appear in the message list with a partial envelope icon to the left of the subject To view the full message either press Menu right action key and select Download Message or open the message and select Get the rest of this message DID YOU KNOW You can view messages sent as HTML with the HTML formatting intact Receiving attachments 1 Scroll to the attachment name below the subject to highlight it This marks it for download 2 Synchronize the email account that contains the message as described in the previous sections 3 Scroll to and select the attachment name below the subject to open the attachment 102 SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES DID YOU KNOW You can receive and open attachments in a number of different formats including PDF PDF file attachments open in PDF Viewer on your smartphone see PDF Viewer Tip To store attachments on an expansion card insert the card into your smartphone s expansion card slot press Menu right action key and select Tools gt Options Select Storage and check the When available use this storage card to store attachments box If you are synchronizing with Outlook on your computer and want to download attachments automatically do the followi
46. alee aque Bie de acne aaa EEE c nica 234 Display and appearance settingS 0 cee eee 236 Application SETINOS eeen na a eariy a aa rabia mane ata wea 238 Locking your smartphone and info 2 0 eee 243 SYS EMSETINGS vectra cee Saud cow dee bk eee od are 248 CONTENTS Connection SSTHMGS escaso citada add ea 254 Submitting usage information to Microsoft 0 0 00 cc ooo 256 Chapter Ter TraubleshaQUAY rss a ica ae A tado 257 Transferring info from another device 0 0c eee tee 259 Reinstalling the desktop software 00 0 5 rore reri be eee een rc eee eee 259 Resetting Vour SsmMartphOnes 04 00sccragee oF eee eh ako pri e eRe EhS 260 Performan Ceara Abd dd rata ts dd obec Lae ads 264 A fins cijan ated ain ates sie atdauds aa Eiaa dh qb acdawd dining ct hao inate Alanis 265 Network Connection 202 044 26 4 4 000 ace ade anid Sens aed sated ted e fae 265 SYNGHONIZALION escolar e ne Ape da deo Ge ved dee ae Ala eee 4s 270 Emal posresianes Ota Ae eens taa Mie de Ee ee Ghee eee oa 276 Web secu tet pesait a dee age i dew aoa eee hee dew ae 279 A nat icin a indie apetingd caste a iee SN e eiai na iE iaie ini 280 Third party applications qiriu co cera ba eee ee Se pe eee ae e a 281 Making room on your smartphone 0 0000 e eee tees 282 VOICE QUAILY oscura Lea enemas is ea 283 Wiereto lear MON 322 34 ocs2s655526426 354 32008054 95686406505 500454565 285 o A A A b4ctoueges 287 Important s
47. and make sure the receiving device can handle the type of message you re sending If a text message arrives but does not display a notification perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset 268 NETWORK CONNECTION can t make or receive calls using a hands free device with Bluetooth wireless technology Verify all of the following e The Turn on Bluetooth box is checked in Bluetooth Settings e Your Bluetooth device is charged and turned on e Your smartphone is within range of the hands free device Bluetooth range is up to 10 meters 30 feet in optimum environmental conditions which include the absence of the following obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors e The Bluetooth Settings screen is closed e You are away from other devices using the 2 4 GHz radio frequency such as cordless phones microwaves and Wi Fi equipment If this is impossible move the phone closer to the hands free device e The device specifications are compatible with your smartphone TROUBLESHOOTING l lost the connection between my smartphone and my Bluetooth headset 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth 3 Select the Devices tab 4 Select your headset name from the list 5 In Partnership Settings make sure the Hands Free option box is checked 6 Select Save 7 Highlight the headset name 8 Press and
48. and select Move Up 2 or Move Down TIP You can also move a file in the Now Playing playlist by tapping and dragging it to a new position e To add a file highlight the file select Add Y press Menu gt right action key and then select Queue Up e To delete a file from the playlist highlight the file and select Remove x WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER e To view more info about a file highlight the file and select Properties 4 e To remove all items from the Now Playing playlist press Menu gt right action key and select Clear Now Playing Customizing Windows Media Player Mobile 1 If you are on any screen other than the Playback screen press OK to go to the Playback screen 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Options 3 On the Playback tab set any of the following options Windows Media El y BR Options Show time as Pause playback while using another program Resume playback after a phone call ss JJ a E 4 Show time as Sets whether the time remaining or time elapsed appears in the Playback screen Pause playback while using another program Sets whether playback continues if you switch to another application Resume playback after a phone call Sets whether playback continues after you finish a phone call Select the Video tab and set any of the following options
49. any of the following options Request MMS receipts Indicates whether you want to receive a confirmation when a multimedia message is delivered or when it is read Privacy mode hide text Indicates whether you want only the message type displayed on a notification for a single incoming message If the box is unchecked the notification displays the text of the message Acknowledge when messages are received read multimedia messages only Indicates whether you want a confirmation sent to the sender when CUSTOMIZING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q a W E a 3 4 A lt you receive or read a multimedia message Messaging El y Be o Options 5 Press OK o Network Configuration 9 Automatic O Manual Customizing network settings IMPORTANT Changing the network Werning changa negek aniston may settings can cause the Messaging A z S Messages jes chat Notification application to stop working correctly We recommend that you keep the default network settings 4 Select Manual and then select Edit 1 Press Start 5 and select Messaging 5 Edit the network settings you want to 2 Press Menu right action key changes and select Options tip Select Automatic on the Advanced tab to 3 Select the Advanced tab restore the default settings 6 Press OK twice CUSTOMIZING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION O O YOUR TEXT AND MULT
50. applications 220 303 presentations 197 198 See also PowerPoint Mobile Preview Message command 123 Preview Mode camera 280 previewing multimedia messages 123 pictures 154 155 280 sounds 56 236 videos 155 priority levels 123 181 Priority list 101 privacy mode 124 130 private events 178 Private option 178 processor 301 Program Buttons tab 239 Program Files folder 227 Programs check box 235 Programs screen 28 programs See applications software Prompt if device unused for check box 246 Properties command 137 protected spreadsheets 199 protecting information 243 247 Treo device 243 proxy servers 255 PSW files 192 PUK PIN unlock key 290 punctuation marks 25 27 Purge command 128 Purge screen 128 push technology 80 OCELP files 120 Quality command 154 Quick Keys 36 49 Quick Tour 285 Quick Tour icon 285 QuickTime Player 161 quitting applications 28 252 radio 295 301 radio frequency emissions 293 296 RAS connections 254 reassigning buttons 239 Receive all incoming beams check box 223 receiving attachments 102 beamed information 223 email 101 102 277 meeting requests 104 INDEX multimedia messages 120 124 129 pictures 152 text messages 119 124 268 videos 152 Receiving Data message 223 recently viewed web pages 139 rechargeable battery See battery recipients sending to multiple 100 120 Record button action option 185 recording sounds 235 videos 154 155 voice
51. can initiate sync manually 1 To set up manual sync follow the preceding procedure Setting the synchronization schedule In the Peak times and Off peak times lists select Manual 2 To initiate a manual sync press Start and select Programs SETTING UP WIRELESS SYNCHRONIZATION O SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER 3 Select ActiveSync 4 Press Sync gt left action key Other ways to synchronize Synchronizing over a Bluetooth connection You can synchronize your computer and smartphone using Bluetooth wireless technology BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following Make sure your computer is equipped with Bluetooth wireless technology If you have not already done so install the ActiveSync Plug in for Bluetooth wireless technology from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD The plug in is installed on your computer and is needed to synchronize over a Bluetooth connection with your smartphone Tip To install the plug in for Bluetooth technology insert the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD into your computer s CD drive and select Add Programs Windows XP or Bonus Software Windows Vista Select the plug in option and follow the onscreen instructions 1 3 4 Do one of the following Windows XP On your computer right click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of the screen and select Connection Settings Windows Vista Click Start gt All P
52. command 160 Autofill option 203 AutoFilter command 206 AutoFilter settings spreadsheets 199 auto keyguard feature 243 244 Auto Keyguard list 244 Automatically download MMS messages check box 129 auto off interval 287 available memory 251 INDEX available storage space 251 B back view device 6 backgrounds 152 159 167 233 backing up information 67 259 261 backlight keyboard 24 253 backlight shut off interval 25 Backspace key 20 24 26 backup and restore application 79 backup utilities 259 261 262 275 backups restoring 262 275 battery Bluetooth connections and 142 charging 9 10 conserving power for 253 disposing of 262 296 inserting 8 maximizing life of 11 12 purchasing 9 removing 261 263 replacing 262 263 specifications for 301 viewing remaining power for 252 viewing status of 65 battery door 8 battery door release 6 battery icon 10 Battery Power tab 25 battery status icons 65 Battery tab 252 Beam File command 221 Beam tab 223 Beam command 222 beaming 12 217 221 223 287 birthdays 177 blank screens 265 Block incoming calls list 59 Block outgoing calls list 59 blocking phone calls 58 Bluetooth connections battery level and 142 battery life and 12 checking status of 54 communicating over 52 hands free devices and 52 53 54 overview 141 synchronizing over 84 Bluetooth devices beaming to 223 connecting to 52 54 141 144 creating partnerships for 143 discovery setting
53. expansion card slot 6 224 301 expansion cards as storage medium 282 browsing on 228 displaying available space 0ni228 252 inserting 224 225 installing apps on 220 moving apps to 227 moving information to 196 208 227 opening items on 226 removing 225 renaming 228 searching on 215 217 storing attachments on 198 111 transferring files to 161 164 226 227 types supported 224 extensions phone 49 external power sources 252 External Power tab 25 Extra Digits button 41 49 Extra Digits text box 49 Extract command 47 F factory settings 167 factory installed applications 220 303 favorites 137 138 See also web pages Favorites button 138 Favorites command 138 FCC Statement 293 INDEX 17 features 1 Federal Trade Commission website 251 feedback 283 fields See entry fields File Explorer 215 216 217 228 229 File Explorer icon 216 file names 194 196 215 file types displaying 197 documents 191 Media Player 161 multimedia 120 pictures 157 videos 158 files accessing from corporate accounts 254 browsing 216 decompressing 217 deleting 217 282 downloading 138 moving 196 217 saving 226 searching for 215 217 selecting multiple 217 transferring to expansion cards 161 164 226 227 ill series spreadsheets 203 Filter command 172 179 Filter option 182 iltering events 179 information 172 206 tasks 182 ilters 179 206 Find Online command 173 Find Replace command 193 207 findin
54. expansion cards 228 folders 196 324 INDEX groups of pictures 156 speed dial buttons 48 templates 193 200 workbooks 208 worksheets 204 206 navigating the screen 17 19 navigating web pages 136 navigator See 5 way navigator navigator buttons 17 19 negative numbers 237 network protocols 166 network settings 62 131 Network tab 62 166 networks changing 63 connecting to 63 logging in to 250 troubleshooting 265 270 New Account command 92 94 New Appointment command 175 176 New MMS command 121 New Partnership option 143 New Sound command 235 New Speed Dial command 48 notes adding 172 181 creating 183 184 removing 185 saving 185 Notes application 183 186 Notes icon 183 Notes list 184 185 Notes tab 172 247 notification options 124 130 236 notification screens See notifications Notification tab 130 notifications changing event 236 closing 124 displaying 56 downloading sounds for 55 enabling or disabling 236 phone calls and 60 previewing sounds for 56 receiving messages and 124 130 receiving phone calls and 45 receiving transmissions and 145 receiving voicemail 42 setting ringtones for 55 setting system sounds for 235 silencing sounds for 234 troubleshooting 268 Notifications check box 235 Notifications tab 55 235 Now Playing playlist 165 166 Now Playing screen 165 number format settings 237 number pad 12 number sign symbol 237 Number tab 237 numbered lists 195 numbers See a
55. for your smartphone to function properly Installing applications Your smartphone comes with several built in and ready to use applications You can also install any of the additional software included on the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD as well as other third party applications that are compatible with Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 Professional edition devices such as business software games and more Applications you download to your computer are likely to be in a compressed format such as ZIP If the file is compressed you need to use a decompression utility on your computer such as WinZip to decompress the file before you install the application on your smartphone These instructions tell you how to install basic files onto your smartphone Some software uses an installer or wizard to guide you through the process For details CHAPTER INSTALLING APPLICATIONS 217 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS consult the documentation that came with 6 Synchronize your smartphone with your the software computer to install the application s on your smartphone CHAPTER Tip If an application does not have a Microsoft Mobile to Market certificate you see a Installing third party applications message indicating that the application is When installing third party applications untrusted If this occurs you can indicate note the following whether you want to continue the installation e Install
56. hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select Set as Hands Free 9 Test your headset by making or receiving a call If the headset still doesn t work delete the existing partnership and create a new one To delete the partnership 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth 3 Highlight the headset device name 4 Press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select Delete CHAPTER NETWORK CONNECTION TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 5 Create a new partnership see Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology Synchronization Synchronization enables you to back up the information on your smartphone onto your computer or your server If you ever need to perform a hard reset or otherwise erase all your information on your smartphone you can synchronize your smartphone with your computer to restore the info To make sure you always have an up to date backup of your info synchronize frequently You can synchronize email and other information directly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 with Service Pack 2 or Exchange Server 2007 using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync or you can synchronize your smartphone with your computer using the desktop sync software from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD that came with your smartphone DID YOU KNOW You can go to the Windows Mobile website for more information at www win
57. including those running in the background Your computer must have all its resources available to install the software 2 Insert the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD into the CD drive on your computer 3 If prompted click RunStart exe N of f SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION O Click Continue Select your language and click Mext Select Setup and Installation Make sure the Windows Mobile Device Center box is checked and click Install CHAPTER Follow the installation instructions that appear on both your computer and your smartphone During installation you connect your smartphone to your computer and sync for the first time Be sure to watch what s happening on both your computer and your smartphone For more info see Connecting your smartphone to your computer and Synchronization Using the desktop sync software After you install the desktop sync software synchronization happens automatically anytime you connect your smartphone to your computer as described in the next section You can also open the desktop SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION 75 O SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER sync software window on your computer to perform the following tasks e Install applications from your computer to your smartphone see Installing applications from your computer or to an expansion card inserted into the expansion card slot on your smartphone see Installing applications onto an expan
58. item name An error occurred during the sync of a single item This error can usually be corrected only by removing the item that TROUBLESHOOTING 13 caused the error If you sync again to see if the error persists be aware that items causing this type of error are skipped and do not show up again My Today screen settings are not restored after a hard reset Settings such as the background image and plug in choices are not backed up during synchronization so they can t be restored after a hard reset If you use a backup utility you may be able to restore a backup to recover your Today screen setting and other additional info Exchange ActiveSync wireless synchronization This section covers issues with direct wireless synchronization with an Exchange server See Desktop sync software for help with synchronizing using your desktop sync software TIP If you are synchronizing with an Exchange server and you re unable to change your lock settings check with your system administrator to find out if a systemwide locking policy is in place CHAPTER SYNCHRONIZATION 275 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER An alert tells me that the server could not be reached Your smartphone had to wait too long to connect to the Exchange server The connection may have been lost the server may be temporarily overloaded or the server may have encountered an internal error Check your Exchange server name and prox
59. list the upper part of the screen displays all messages you ve exchanged with this contact and the lower part provides a text entry area 1 Press Start an and select Messaging 1 510 555 7592 El y Be Y 9 38 PM E Y 9 39 PM When is the meeting 9 41 PM Moved from 10 to 11 9 43 PM Won t work I have to leave at 11 OK What about 10 tomorrow 27 characters 1 message Do one of the following Start a new chat Select a message and reply to it Continue an existing chat Select a message with the chat icon Enter your message Press Send lt left action key In a received message select to open a media file or click a link to download and open a new multimedia message Tip Only the last 50 messages in a chat session are displayed Select View older messages near the top of the screen to see earlier messages USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION Using links in messages When you receive a text message that contains a telephone number email address or URL you can dial the number send an email message or go to the web page immediately Your smartphone automatically opens the appropriate application from the link 1 Open a message in the Inbox or another folder 2 Select the phone number email address or URL appears as underlined blue text YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q Message status icons The status icons that appear next to each message in
60. locking 244 scrolling with 18 selecting menu items from 22 setting key combinations for 239 specifications for 302 troubleshooting 282 keyboard backlight 24 253 keyboard icon 24 eyguard 244 eyguard icon 244 nown Caller option 55 L anguage impaired 57 eading zeros 237 eft action key 20 175 Legacy Pocket Word files 192 ibraries media 164 Library command 163 Library list 163 Library screen 163 167 Library tab 167 lightening bolt 10 Li lon battery 288 See also battery links clearing web 140 internal memory and 282 media files and 164 messages and 127 137 selecting 19 136 troubleshooting 279 list separators 237 List setting 195 Listen button 42 listening to media files 161 voicemail messages 42 lists accessing 22 creating 192 195 displaying alternate characters and 26 exiting 23 formatting 195 highlighting in 18 23 navigating web page 137 scrolling through 18 selecting items in 20 23 Lithium lon battery 288 See also battery INDEX 621 locating contacts 30 36 173 information 207 location specific information 237 248 Lock icon 135 158 246 Lock screen 246 locking SIM smartcards 245 spreadsheet rows and columns 201 the keyboard 244 the screen 244 Treo device 246 logging in to corporate servers 254 networks 250 looking up contacts 30 36 173 lookup feature 215 losing connections 269 information 191 261 passwords 246 Treo device 79 247 low coverage areas 266
61. menu They re the apps you opened most recently and it s easy to get back to them just use the 5 way to select one of the icons Reassigning buttons You can use Buttons Settings to select which applications to associate with many of the buttons and key combinations on your smartphone 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Buttons di Settings Buttons 1 Select a button Assignment lt Start Menu gt lt OK Close gt 2 Assign a program Start Menu gt Program Buttons Up Down Control 3 4 6 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS O On the Program Buttons tab highlight the button or key combination you want to change in the Button list The hardware buttons are mapped to the following items e Start amp Start menu OK 8 OK Close e Option Phone Send Messaging e Option Start Calendar Option OK Task Manager e Hold Side Windows Media Player Select the Assign a program list and then select the application you want to assign to the button or key combination you selected in step 3 Select the Up Down Control tab and adjust the settings for the Up a and Down Y buttons on the 5 way Press OK 8 CHAPTER Setting up voice commands IMPORTANT The Voice Command application is available only for English French and German APPLICATION SETTINGS 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER
62. message you want appears DID YOU KNOW If you synchronize with Microsoft Outlook 2007 you can also find messages stored on your mail server Replying to a message 1 Open the message to which you want to reply Press Reply lt left action key Address the message and enter any text you want to add Optional Select Edit sender s message to edit the original sender s message text that you include in your reply Press Send C left action key 108 WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES DID YOU KNOW If you reply to a message sent as HTML the reply is sent in HTML also Forwarding a message 1 Open the message you want to forward 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Forward 3 Address the message and enter any text you want to add 4 Press Send lt left action key Deleting messages You can delete a message you are reading or you can delete one or more messages from the message list To delete a message you are reading e Press Menu C right action key and select Delete To delete messages from the message list 1 Highlight the message s you want to delete To highlight multiple messages tap and drag the stylus across the messages in the list 2 Press Delete left action key 3 Select Yes to confirm the deletion YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER Using email shortcuts You can perform common email tasks by pressing and holding certain keys on the keyboar
63. notes 243 Recording icon 184 recording toolbar 184 records data 222 recurring appointments See repeating appointments redialing phone numbers 38 redirector websites 279 Refresh command 136 refreshing web pages 136 279 Region tab 237 regional settings 237 248 Regional Settings icon 237 Regional Settings screen 237 reinstalling software or applications 259 261 Reminder option 176 reminders adding 176 181 events and 180 system alarms and 249 tasks and 182 turning on and off 235 remote access servers 254 remote files 254 Remove Programs icon 220 222 Remove Programs list 221 Remove Programs screen 220 222 Remove Split command 201 removing applications 220 282 battery 261 263 battery door 8 Bluetooth connections 144 certificates 250 contacts 173 directory services 105 documents 196 email accounts 97 events 179 expansion cards 225 favorites 138 files 217 282 items from folders 217 items from libraries 164 items from playlists 165 messages 110 128 129 notes 185 partnerships 144 269 pictures 160 speed dial buttons 50 tasks 182 text 20 web files 140 workbooks 209 worksheets 209 Rename command 228 Rename Move command 193 196 208 227 renaming documents 196 expansion cards 228 items in folders 217 workbooks 208 worksheets 206 330 INDEX Repeat check box 236 Repeat command 163 repeat patterns 177 repeating appointments 177 repeating current song 163 repeatin
64. number are in your Contacts list type the first few letters of the first or last name or simply enter the first initial followed by a space and then the last initial to find a name e Press Center to view a list of recently used addresses and select the recipient from the list Select Add Recipient to add a recipient from your Contacts list If the recipient s name is in an online address book press Center O enter the name press Menu gt right action key and then select USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION 121 O YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER Company Directory Select the name and then select either the phone number or the email address For more information see Using an online address book e If the recipient s name and mobile number are not in your Contacts list enter the full mobile number or email address Select Subject and enter a title for the message Select mq and select one of the following Add Picture Enables you to insert a picture You can take a new picture with the built in camera or insert an existing picture Add Video Enables you to insert a video You can capture a new video with the built in camera or insert an existing video Add Sound Enables you to record a message such as a voice caption for a picture or insert an existing sound such as a ringtone You can add one sound per slide to send more than one sound in a message add another slide
65. only apps that are designed for Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 Installing bonus software from the CD Professional The Windows Mobile Getting Started CD includes several bonus software applications that you can install on your smartphone You can install these applications when you install the desktop software or you can install them later e If you can try a free or trial version of the software before purchasing it you can test it first to make sure it works properly e Apps designed for Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 Standard or any edition of Windows Mobile 5 x software are not compatible with your smartphone 1 Insert the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD into the CD drive on your computer 2 Click Add Programs Windows XP or NOTE If you encounter a problem with a Bonus Software Windows Vista third party application Such as an error message contact the application s vendor For general troubleshooting of third party applications see Third party applications 3 Click the name of the application you want to install 4 Click Install on the right side of the screen 5 Optional Repeat steps 3 and 4 to install additional applications 218 INSTALLING APPLICATIONS YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS D DID YOU KNOW You can purchase a third party application that lets you run Palm OS applications on your smartphone Installing applications from the Internet You can use Internet Explor
66. pages you view Select the Memory tab and set any of the following options Internet Explorer Bl Y BE Options Save links to pages visited in the past Eio Clear History Delete web content that has been previously viewed or synchronized with the device Delete Files Save links to pages visited in the past Sets how many days of activity the History list stores Clear History Empties the History list Delete Files Removes web files that you previously viewed synchronized with your computer Select the Security tab and set any of the following options Allow cookies Sets whether your smartphone accepts cookies small files containing info about your identity and BROWSING THE WEB YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O CHAPTER f Th ds the fil i co tecamacias ecg tO devices with Internet Explorer Bl Y BR options Bluetooth Cookies Frain E wireless technology Security settings E Warn when changing to a page that is not secure With the built in Bluetoothe wireless E Warn when Page content is blocked se to secirhy settings technology on your smartphone you can connect to a number of Bluetooth devices such as a headset or hands free car kit as well as to other phones handhelds or piconets When you connect to another device you create a partnership also Warn when changing to a page that referred to by terms such a
67. recommend using a phone headset or a such a call only if it is legal to do so and you hands free car kit sold separately If you can do so safely Using a wired headset Microphone Headset button The headset button is context sensitive e Answer an incoming call and it performs various actions based on the situation You can press the headset button to perform any of the following tasks e Respond to call waiting e Hang up a single active call or all calls on a conference call if there is no extracted call USING A PHONE HEADSET 51 O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER e Swap between calls if there is one active call and one call on hold NOTE Your smartphone works with headsets that have a 2 5mm 3 pin connector look for two colored bands on the plug When in doubt ask the third party headset manufacturer if the product is compatible with your smartphone If you hear a headset buzz or poor microphone performance your headset may be incompatible with your smartphone Connecting to a Bluetooth hands free device Your smartphone is also compatible with many headsets and car kits sold separately enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology version 1 1 or 1 2 For a list of compatible hands free devices with Bluetooth wireless technology go to www palm com treo750 support After you set up a connection with a Bluetooth headset or hands free car kit you can communicate with that device whenever it is within ran
68. reminder is not displayed on your Today screen tap the icon to open the reminder You have an alert from Microsoft If the alert is not displayed on your Today screen tap the icon to open the alert 66 WHAT ARE ALL THOSE ICONS CHAPTER 4 Synchronizing information Synchronizing means that information that has been entered or updated in one place your Palm Treo 750 smartphone your computer or your corporate server is automatically updated in the other There s no need to enter information twice Some types of synchronization can happen on an automated schedule so you don t even have to think about it After you get into the habit of synchronizing regularly you ll know what a powerful tool synchronization is for transferring updating and backing up large amounts of information on your smartphone Benefits e Quickly enter and update Send photos and videos to your information on your computer and smartphone from your desktop your smartphone computer e Protect your information In this chapter SVC MO ZAMORA 69 CONAN ers ena Ge atau oun ow ated esmaa ened eS ane 69 ANELEE SVINENIONHE 2 noc cusoenneoessooeveneconoevenne 70 Setting up your computer for synchronization 73 SHAACMROMIPANNG WISVINNS TENE SWINK Els cc co be oo secs roo see e 78 Setting up wireless synchronization 00 79 OVINE WENS TO SVINGMOMZE oo copar osos basarse rasa 84 Satino sincroniza OS
69. saving documents 191 192 194 196 email messages 101 INDEX 631 files 226 multimedia items 125 multimedia messages 125 notes 185 243 passwords 93 96 phone numbers 44 pictures and videos 156 text messages 125 workbooks 198 200 209 Schedule command 83 Schedule screen 83 scheduled syncs 274 277 schedules adding items to 175 176 177 181 managing 175 179 organizing events for 178 removing events 179 removing tasks 182 sorting tasks on 182 unavailable time on 178 viewing daily 174 scheduling synchronization adjusting display 236 238 aligning 237 arranging web pages on 136 battery life and 12 caring for 6 changing color themes for 233 238 changing orientation 238 disabling touch sensitivity for 243 locking 244 moving around on 17 19 scrolling in 18 19 243 selecting items on 20 setting backgrounds for 159 233 setting delays for 34 specifications for 302 troubleshooting 237 265 turning on or off 33 34 252 287 waking up 34 43 82 83 screen activating items on 20 activating wrong features 265 adjusting brightness 236 screen fonts 236 Screen icon 236 237 screen resolution 265 302 Screen taps check box 235 Screen view 237 screens returning to previous 19 screensavers 156 scroll arrows 19 scroll bar 19 Scroll upon reaching the last line check box 243 scrolling device screen 18 19 243 slides 197 spreadsheets 201 web pages 136 SD expansion cards 223 S
70. shortcuts Messaging El Y Be To Smila Anderson w Movie tonite 13 characters 1 message Send sz Menu If the recipient s name and mobile number are in your Contacts list type the first few letters of the first or last name or simply enter the first initial followed by a space and then the last initial to find a name Press Center to view a list of recently used addresses and select the recipient from the list Select Add USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION O YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER Recipient to add a recipient from your Contacts list If the recipient s name is in an online address book press Center enter the name press Menu c gt right action key and then select Company Directory Select the name and then select either the phone number or the email address For more information see Using an online address book If the recipient s name and mobile number are not in your Contacts list enter the full mobile number or email address Tip To address a message to multiple recipients separate the addresses by pressing Enter or entering a semicolon You can send a message to up to 20 addresses Tip To send a message to a different number for a contact select the contact in the To field and then edit the number that appears in the box directly below the contact number You can also select a number by pressing Center on the 5 way and then edit it 4
71. standing move about 3 meters 10 feet in any direction 2 If you re in a building move near a window Open any metal blinds 3 If you re in a building move outdoors or to a more open area 4 lf you re outdoors move away from large buildings trees or electrical wires CHAPTER SCREEN TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 5 If you re in a vehicle move your smartphone so that it s level with a window TIP Become familiar with low coverage areas where you live commute work and play so you know when to expect signal strength Issues My smartphone won t connect to the mobile network 1 Try the suggestions above for weak signals 2 Turn off your phone and turn it on again see Turning your Palm Treo 750 smartphone on off 3 Perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset My phone seems to turn off by itself If a system error and reset occur the phone automatically turns on if it was on before the reset However if your smartphone can t determine if your phone was on before the reset it does not automatically turn on the phone see Turning your phone on I can t tell if data services are available The following icons appear in the title bar to indicate whether data services are available 266 NETWORK CONNECTION Your phone is connected to a UMTS 3G or HSDPA network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make or receive calls Your phon
72. t confuse the view name displayed above the left action key with the current view The left action key displays the name of the next view you see when you press the key 4 Use the 5 way to move to another day week month or year depending on the current view Creating an appointment 1 Press Start and select Calendar 2 Press Menu right action key and select New Appointment YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER O CHAPTER Calendar Subject Location Starts 1 17 07 Ends 1 17 07 All Day No 12 00 PM Occurs Once Reminder None Categories No categories Appointment 3 Entera subject description and a location 4 Select Starts and select the starting date and time 5 Select Ends and select the ending date and time 6 Press OK a Tip To pencil in an appointment open the appointment select Status and then select Tentative Tip You can display your appointments on your Today screen see Selecting which items appear on your Today screen CALENDAR 178 CHAPTER YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER Adding an alarm reminder to an event 1 Create an event and then select it 2 Press Menu lt gt right action key and select Edit 3 Select Reminder and then select Remind Me 4 Enter the number of minutes hours days or weeks before the event you would like to receive the alarm Subject Location Starts Alday recurring Ends All day recu
73. text unless you have turned on privacy mode see Customizing message settings If privacy mode is on the notification states only the type of incoming message The new message notification may include any of the following options e Go To Opens a text message so you can view its full contents e View Opens a multimedia message and plays the included media Download Downloads the full content of a multimedia message e Dismiss Closes the notification and puts the message into your Inbox New Text Message 1 510 555 7592 m 1 16 9 39 PM Ea When is the meeting Go To E Dismiss New MMS Message 1 510 555 7592 m 1 16 9 37 PM Ea Subject Select View to read the message i Dismiss If you have multiple messages the notification includes the number of messages and the type text or multimedia Viewing playing a message You can open a message from a notification or from the Inbox of the Messaging application When you open a multimedia message playback starts automatically USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION 1 Doone of the following to open the message e Press Start and select Messaging From the Inbox select the message you want to view e From a notification select Go To for text messages or View for multimedia messages 2 Do any of the following Pause or resume playback multimedia message only Select Pause lt left action key To resume playback
74. that are up to 3 times faster than standard GPRS connections with rates up to 236 8 Kbps Additional charges may apply See What are all those icons GPRS General Packet Radio Service A mobile Internet connectivity technology that allows persistent data connections Additional charges may apply See What are all those icons HSDPA High Speed Download Packet Access An evolutionary enhancement to UMTS packet data HSDPA uses different modulation and coding techniques to improve downlink performance Your smartphone supports data rates up to 700Kbps infrared IR A way of transmitting information using light waves You use the IR port on your smartphone to transfer information between other IR devices within a short radius See Beaming information Lithium ion Li ion The rechargeable battery technology used in your smartphone See Charging the battery Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Technology that allows your smartphone to synchronize email contacts calendar events and tasks wirelessly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 See Setting up wireless synchronization MMS Multimedia Messaging System An enhanced messaging system that enables you to send pictures animations and ringtones almost instantly See Creating and sending a multimedia message 288 TERMS Mobile Device The component on your Windows XP computer that enables you to install applications and oth
75. the Contacts list viewed by name begin entering one of the following for the contact you want to view or edit e First name e Last name e First initial and last initial separated by a space e Phone number 2 Select the entry you want to open DID YOU KNOW When you select a contact entry you are presented with several options for contacting the person depending on what information you have entered for the contact For example you may see options for calling a number associated with the contact sending an email to the contact s email address or calling the last number you dialed to call the contact 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Edit 4 Make changes to the entry as necessary 5 Press OK DID YOU KNOW You can find a contact by company name Press Menu right action key and select View By gt Company Select a company name to see the contacts who work there Tip To view a particular group of contacts press Menu right action key select Filter and then select the category you want to view 172 CONTACTS Deleting a contact 1 In the Contacts list highlight the contact you want to delete 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Delete Contact 3 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Customizing Contacts 1 Go to the Contacts list 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Options 3 Set any of the following options Show alphabetical index Display
76. the workbook 6 Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the workbook 7 Select the Type list and then select the format in which you want to save the workbook 8 Select Save TIP To create a new template highlight the workbook you want to save as a template Press Menu right action key select Rename Move select Name and then enter aname for the template Select the Folder list and select Templates Press OK 200 EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 10 Viewing a workbook 1 2 3 4 Press Start and select Programs Select Office Mobile Ps Select Excel Mobile 25 In the workbook list select the workbook you want to view Press View c left action key and select any of the following Full Screen Shows as much data as possible on the screen To return to the normal view select Restore in the upperright Zoom Sets the magnification level so that you can easily read the worksheet Sheet Lets you switch to a different worksheet DID YOU KNOW You can also switch worksheets by selecting the sheet list at the bottom of the screen Split Divides the window into two scrollable areas To move the split bar tap and drag it To remove the split bar select View gt Remove Split Freeze Panes Locks rows and columns so they remain visible while you scroll Highlight the cell at the point at which you want to lock bef
77. to find Press Menu C right action key and select Edit gt Find Replace Select Find what and enter the text you want to find Optional Check the Match case box to find text that matches the capitalization in the text you entered step 3 Optional Check the Match whole words only box to find only full words that match the text you entered in step 3 Select Find to locate the first instance of the text you entered in step 3 or select Replace and enter the replacement text Select Next to find the next instance of the text or select Replace to replace it To replace all instances of the text select Replace All When you see a message that the search is done press OK WORD MOBILE D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Moving or copying text 1 Open the document containing the text you want to move or copy Highlight the text you want to move or copy Press Menu gt right action key and select Copy to copy the text or select Cut to move the text Open the document where you want to insert the text and position the cursor where you want the text to appear Press Menu gt right action key and select Paste Saving a copy of a document NOTE If a document was previously saved on a computer any unsupported formatting may be lost when you save the file 1 2 Open the document you want to copy Press Menu gt right action key and select File gt Save As
78. to move to the next field button or action in that direction Press and hold Option while pressing Up a or Down Y to scroll one screen at a time These keys work just like the Page Up and Page Down keys on your computer keyboard tip When you are using applications such as Inbox Internet Explorer Mobile and Word Mobile press and hold Option while pressing Left or Right on the 5 way to automatically go to the top and bottom of a screen tip Can t find the Option key See Using the ke rd Press and hold Option while pressing Left 4 or Right gt to jump to the top or bottom of the current document or entry When viewing a screen with tabs such as when adding a contact press Down Y to scroll to the tabs and then press Left 4 or Right to move between tabs When inside a text field press Right gt or Left 4 to move to the next character and press Up a or Down to move between lines When inside a list press and hold Up A or Down Y to rapidly scroll through the list NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE O e Tap an onscreen scroll arrow buttons are not accessible using the 5 way CHAPTER Scroll arrows Highlighting and selecting items On most screens one item a button a Jan 17 07 sMs H 4 s Wn 1 5 list entry or a check box is highlighted by 3 al Dra default The highlight identifies which item a corr aa Scroll ba
79. touch Now your Palm Treo 750 smartphone brings you a new level of convenience email on the go Enjoy the ease and speed of communicating with friends family and colleagues anywhere you can access your wireless service provider s data network You can send photos to your friends and family or create Microsoft Word or Excel files and send them to your colleagues You can also receive attachments to view and edit at your convenience Benefits e Receive photos sound files Word Save messages from your and Excel files and more computer to view at a convenient e Attach and send files of almost any time type In this chapter SIN NI RE AEE A O AN 91 SendinaranadmecevinoimessadeS a anaa 99 Workmoviimemallmessage sre ooo eee eres cose ne renvvssaes 104 114 Vr ne in MECUNO MANOS np oe e occ eve hoo ema ore bear YOUR EMAIL 5 CHAPTER Setti ng u p ema il e f you want delivery of Outlook email using Direct Push Technology make sure that your IT organization uses You can use the Inbox application to send Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange and receive email Before you use your Server 2003 with Service Pack 2 smartphone to send or receive messages consult your wireless service provider for Entering settings for an email account pricing and availability of email services and data rate plans DID YOU KNOW You can enter settings for more than one email account and you can use different email setup applications on yo
80. use the camera to take and view pictures and videos and send them to your friends and family To add a personal touch to your smartphone use your pictures as your Today screen background and as caller ID images or use your videos to create video ringtones You can receive and view pictures and videos and send pictures and videos as attachments or multimedia messages see Pictures amp Videos Or add a picture to a contact see Adding a contact You can also move pictures and videos to a computer by synchronizing your smartphone with your computer Taking a picture By default pictures are stored in the My Pictures folder on your smartphone If you want to store your pictures on an expansion card you can change where pictures are stored see Customizing your 152 CAMERA Camera settings For information on accessing your pictures on your computer see Synchronizing media files Windows XP DID YOU KNOW Pictures are captured and stored in 16 bit color JPG format Resolution settings range from a low end of QOVGA 120 x 160 pixels to a high end of 1 3 megapixels 1280 x 1024 pixels You can change the default setting See Customizing your Camera settings for details 1 Press Start 7 and select Programs 2 Select Camera le Pictures amp Videos M Y E BEA 2 0 Thumbnails E Menu TIP If you see a camcorder icon below the preview image video mode is on To turn on the still camer
81. video using the full screen CHAPTER WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER displays a website where you can find music and videos to play indicates the rating of the current file Select the star to change the rating Tip If you don t see a media file that you added manually update the library DID YOU KNOW You can play streaming files from the web To play an MMS Microsoft Media Streaming file press Menu on the Library screen and select Open URL Select URL and enter the website address or select History and select a site you ve visited before DID You KNOW If you close the Windows Media Player Mobile window your music continues to play in the background Press Start and select Programs Select Windows Media Press Menu gt right action key and select Library Press Menu C right action key and select Update Library Wait for the files to be added and then select Done Working with libraries A library represents each of the storage locations available to Windows Media Player Mobile so you should have two libraries My Device and My Storage Card Each library contains links to the media files in that location Windows Media Player Mobile usually updates the My Device library automatically but you must manually update the My Storage Card library TIP To delete an item from a library highlight the item and then press and hold
82. with y I Starts Lunch display the list Ends Dinner Visit Call All Day Occurs pirthday e Press Left 4 to exit the list and cancel Reminder Complete A Conference your selection Categories No categories tip When selecting fields you might not see the downward pointing arrow until you press Center on the 5 way NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN 23 CHAPTER MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE Using the keyboard Left Right action key Phone Send Start Option Shift Search DID YOU KNOW You can also use the onscreen keyboard to enter letters numbers and other characters in applications that support this feature Tap the keyboard icon in the center at the bottom of any screen where it appears After opening the keyboard you can set various input options by tapping the arrow to the right of the keyboard icon action key Power End OK Backspace Return Shift Understanding the keyboard backlight Your smartphone includes a keyboard backlight for low light conditions The keyboard backlight activates automatically when the screen turns on The backlight turns off automatically when the screen turns off or when you are on a call or playing music in the background for longer than the time specified in Backlight Settings You can set different time intervals depending on whether the smartp
83. your smartphone and a hands free connection from a requesting device enter device that can connect because each the basic Bluetooth settings as described device finas the came passkeyjonthe other device After you form a partnership with a in Entering basic Bluetooth settings device you don t need to enter a passkey to connect with that device again Partnership is 1 Go to your Today screen and tap also known as paired relationship pairing Bluetooth trusted device and trusted pair 2 Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box to turn on the 4 Wait for your smartphone to search for Bluetooth feature on your smartphone devices and to display the device list 3 Select the Devices tab and then select Add new device CONNECTING TO DEVICES WITH BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY 7 YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER Settings Select a Bluetooth Device O Select a device to connect with and tap Next f Palm Device Cancel 5 Select the device with which you want to connect and then press Next gt right action key 6 Enter an alphanumeric passkey between 1 and 16 characters long and then press Next C gt right action key IMPORTANT Some hands free devices have a predefined passkey If your device has a predefined passkey you can find it in the documentation for that device Other devices provide a screen where you enter a passkey tha
84. 0 W Maude Ave Sunnyvale CA 94085 Europe Roy Bedlow Buckhurst Court London Road USA Wokingham Berkshire RG40 1PA www palm com UK IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION Declaration of Conformity We Palm Inc declare under sole responsibility that the product Model name Treo 750 Description PDA phone Is in conformity with the following standards and or other normative document e ETSI EN 301 511 e ETSI EN 301 908 1 e ETSI EN 301 908 2 e ETSI EN 300 328 e ETSI EN 301 489 1 7 17 24 e EN60950 1 e EN 50360 We hereby declare that the above named product is in conformance to all essential requirements of the RTTE Directive 1999 5 EC The conformity assessment procedure referred to Article 10 and detailed in Annex IV of directive 1999 5 EC has been related to Articles e R amp TTE Article 3 1 a Health and Safety e R amp TTE Article 3 1 b EMC e R amp TTE Article 3 2 Spectrum Usage Identification mark 0984 notified body CE This identification mark is permanently provided on the device label The technical documentation relevant to the above equipment will be held at Palm Inc 950 W Maude Avenue Sunnyvale CA 94085 U S A Person responsible for making this declaration EDS David Woo Sr Compliance Engineer Sunnyvale August 31 2006 Antenna Care Unauthorized Modifications Use only the supplied integral antenna Unauthorized antenna modifications or attachments could damage t
85. 01 195 word processing features for 191 text captions 122 text fields moving to 18 opening drop down lists in 23 removing text in 20 scrolling through 18 text files 250 text messages creating 119 deleting 128 129 forwarding 125 links in 127 opening 125 overview 117 phone calls and 43 phone numbers in 39 receiving 124 268 replying to 125 saving 125 sending 40 119 setting options for 123 sorting 128 troubleshooting 268 Text Size tab 236 Text Speed Dial button 49 text speed dial buttons 36 48 text telephone devices See TTY devices themes 233 238 third party applications accessing Outlook folders and 273 caution for hard resets and 261 compatibility with 217 deleting 282 getting help with 281 installing 218 281 282 navigator and 17 282 previewing pictures and 280 reinstalling 259 261 screen resolution and 265 synchronizing with 71 261 troubleshooting 218 264 281 282 third party vendors 71 Thumbnail View 154 155 Thumbnails button 155 TIF files 157 time format settings 237 time system settings 248 Time tab 237 248 time units 176 time zones 248 Timer 153 tips 1 Today icon 233 Today screen accessing 12 29 accessing Dial Pad from 39 color themes for 238 INDEX 637 components of 30 customizing 159 233 dialing from 34 35 38 39 overview 29 recovering settings for 275 retrieving voicemail from 41 Today Settings screen 233 top view de
86. 1 144 to hands free car kits 52 to mobile networks 266 to service providers 254 to the Internet 254 268 to TTY devices 57 to VPNs 254 255 to web sites 135 145 connection icons 255 Connection Settings command 271 connections adding 254 255 changing 254 displaying 254 ending 255 losing 269 manually starting 255 precautions for 299 removing Bluetooth 144 setting up 254 255 setting up wireless 146 timing out 276 troubleshooting 265 270 279 trusted devices and 145 Connections icon 254 Connections screen 254 255 268 269 Connections tab 223 254 connectivity specs 302 conserving battery power 253 contact categories 172 contacts adding 44 58 171 addressing messages to 100 110 119 121 assigning ringtones to 49 57 159 172 changing 172 displaying 172 linking speed dial buttons to 48 looking up 30 36 173 making calls to 36 personalizing 57 removing 173 saving information for 44 selecting communication method for 37 sending messages to 120 177 viewing details list for 37 Contacts application 171 173 INDEX En Contacts list 37 45 120 125 123 context sensitive menus 22 continuous playback slides 198 cookies 135 Copy command 139 159 194 227 copying addresses 273 applications 227 items in folders 217 phone numbers 38 39 139 pictures and videos 159 text 139 194 copyrighted items 158 corporate mail systems 254 278 corporate networks 2
87. 162 multimedia files 151 offline 273 over Bluetooth connections 84 over IR ports 85 playlists 162 through USB hubs 272 wirelessly 70 79 84 85 215 with multiple computers 85 with third party applications 71 261 system alarms 249 system dates and time 248 system errors 266 system locks 244 246 system requirements 73 303 system settings 248 253 system sounds 7 234 235 system warnings 235 T tables in documents 191 tabs 18 taking pictures 152 154 280 tapping 17 20 237 tapping sounds 235 task categories 181 182 Task tab 181 tasks adding notes to 181 completing 182 creating 181 customizing 182 deleting 182 displaying 182 filtering 182 filtering and sorting 182 marking as sensitive 181 setting due dates for 181 setting reminders for 181 182 Tasks application 180 183 Tasks entry bar 181 183 Tasks icon 181 Tasks list 182 Tasks tab Connections 254 255 TDD devices 57 295 technical support 285 telecommunications devices for impaired See TTY devices temperature range 303 templates documents 193 196 multimedia messages 125 notes 184 185 336 INDEX spreadsheets 198 200 209 text messages 125 Templates folder 193 200 tentative appointments 175 text aligning 195 changing 193 copying 139 deleting 20 entering 24 25 242 243 finding and replacing 193 242 formatting 194 highlighting 20 195 moving or copying 194 resizing 137 236 selecting 20 spell checking 1
88. 2 103 E wireless settings 253 email 82 101 102 earpiece 5 283 DOC files 191 files 138 echoes 283 EDGE connections 288 Edit command 160 172 Edit Server Settings screen 80 document file types 191 197 documentation 2 285 images 139 161 multimedia messages 124 129 INDEX 618 Edit Speed Dial command 50 editing See changing electrostatic discharge 299 email adding address book for 104 105 adding attachments to 100 115 217 addressing 100 110 creating 100 deleting 110 111 dialing from 39 downloading 82 101 102 entering contacts and 171 177 forwarding 107 getting from corporate servers 254 278 getting from Exchange servers 101 internal memory and 282 priority settings for 101 receiving attachments with 102 reply options for 110 requirements for 1 selecting addresses 20 sending 101 102 115 11 277 synchronizing 11 101 270 277 278 troubleshooting 276 278 email accounts changing 97 deleting 97 troubleshooting 276 email applications 279 E mail button 102 email client software 278 email message icons 127 embedded images 104 emergency calls 35 243 emoticons 120 Enable Clear Type check box 236 Enable fixed dialing check box 62 Enable local network time check box 249 encoding options 140 encryption 135 End Show command 197 End User License Agreement 2 ending active calls 43 data connections 255 playback 163 endnotes 192 entering alternate characters 26 27 data in spreadsheets
89. 23 6 147314 6 115 248 6 064 342 D421 251 D429 252 D466 128 D478 091 Patent pending This product also is licensed under United States patent 6 058 304 MPEG Layer 3 audio decoding technology is licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson Palm Inc is an authorized licensee of the MultiMediaCard trademark This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary All rights reserved Disclaimer and limitation of liability Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss resulting from the use of this guide Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any loss or claims by third parties that may arise through the use of this software Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss caused by deletion of data as a result of malfunction dead battery or repairs Be sure to make backup copies of all important data on other media to protect against data loss End user notice Microsoft Voice Command Version 1 5 for Windows Mobile NOTE The Voice Command application is not available in all languages See Setting up voice commands IMPORTANT Do not become distracted from driving safely if operating a motor vehicle while using Device Software Operating certain parts of this Devic
90. 43 Voice recording format list 243 voice recording formats 243 voicemail customizing 49 56 receiving notifications for 42 retrieving messages 42 sending calls to 40 45 setting up 41 voicemail buttons 49 Voicemail icon 41 42 voicemail systems 41 volume phone 13 57 INDEX ringer 57 tapping sounds 235 Volume button 5 13 57 VPN clients 254 270 VPN connections 94 103 254 255 VPN software 254 WwW waking up screen 34 43 wallpaper 152 warnings 235 295 warranty 2 WBMP files 121 weak signals 265 283 web addresses 30 135 279 See also web links web browser See Internet Explorer Mobile web browsing memory consumption and 282 requirements for 1 secure sites and 135 279 troubleshooting 279 web files 140 web links clearing 140 internal memory and 282 messages and 127 137 Palm online support 285 selecting 19 136 troubleshooting 279 web pages accessing 135 137 139 219 arranging on screen 136 earing links to 282 opying from 139 ialing from 39 139 isplay options for 136 ownloading items from 138 219 hiding images on 136 moving through 136 playing media files from 164 refreshing 136 279 resizing text on 137 returning to recently viewed 139 scrolling 136 searching 135 security settings for 141 selecting addresses on 279 sending email from 137 setting as home 140 oc000 0 0 viewing 135 136 Web search field 135 websites See also web browsing accessing 133 compatibilit
91. 50 corporate servers 254 278 coupling 283 coverage area 12 33 266 Create chat from messages option 130 creating appointments 175 177 bookmarks 137 bulleted or numbered lists 195 caller ID pictures 172 connections 254 255 contacts 44 58 171 documents 191 192 193 email messages 100 folders 196 multimedia messages 120 notes 183 184 online address book 104 105 partnerships 143 passkeys 144 playlists 165 signatures 108 129 speed dial buttons 48 spreadsheets 198 tasks 181 templates 125 193 200 text messages 119 untimed events 176 177 video ringtones 159 workbooks 200 credentials 255 276 cropping pictures 160 currency symbols 237 Currency tab 237 customer assistance 285 Customize the playlists check box 162 customizing applications 238 243 Calendar 179 180 camera 155 157 chat settings 129 Contacts application 173 dates and time 248 email settings 108 Excel Mobile 209 format settings 237 Internet Explorer Mobile 140 141 Media Player Mobile 166 Messaging application 128 131 network settings 131 Notes application 185 phone 55 63 system settings 248 253 system sounds 234 tasks 182 Today screen 233 voicemail system 49 56 Word Mobile 196 Cut command 159 194 cutting See deleting INDEX D daily schedules 174 data 261 See also information data connection icons 255 data filters 179 206 data formats 237 data service icons 266 data service providers 254 268 277 data services 1 26
92. 6 268 data transmission speeds 1 date format settings 237 Date tab 237 dates 203 237 248 See also calendar Day View 174 179 day planner formats 174 decimal places 237 decimal symbols 237 decompression utility 217 default document template 196 default format settings 237 Default mode option 185 Default option 136 default PINs 245 Default template option 185 Default zoom level options 243 defined names spreadsheets 205 delays 34 268 Delete Appointment command 178 179 Delete Cells command 208 Delete command 128 196 209 Delete Contact command 123 Delete Files button 140 Delete Task command 182 Deleted folder 111 282 deleting applications 220 282 Bluetooth connections 144 certificates 250 contacts 173 directory services 105 documents 196 email accounts 97 events 179 favorites 138 files 217 282 items from libraries 164 items from playlists 165 items in folders 217 messages 110 128 129 notes 185 partnerships 144 269 pictures 160 speed dial buttons 50 tasks 182 text 20 web files 140 workbooks 209 worksheets 209 descending sort order 206 Desktop option 136 desktop software 259 287 See also applications software device additional information for 285 caution for electrostatic discharge and 299 caution for resetting 261 caution for storing 6 charging 9 11 compatibility with third party vendors 71 compatible hands free devices for 52 components of 1 5 7 INDEX 613 connecting to PCs
93. 77 disabling touch sensitivity for 244 disposing of 296 features described 1 freeing space on 220 282 getting help with 257 285 getting phone number for 13 locking 246 losing 79 247 low lighting conditions and 24 management tools for 213 moving around on 15 not responding 260 266 281 personalizing 231 required items for 2 resetting 246 260 262 266 setting up 7 14 specifications for 301 system requirements for 303 third party applications and 280 281 troubleshooting 285 turning on and off 34 294 unlocking 246 updating information on 67 usage guidelines for 293 297 device names See usernames Device Setup Wizard 162 devices See also Bluetooth devices device battery life and 11 beaming to 222 compliancy for 295 configuring TTY TTD 57 discovering trusted 141 142 145 physically impaired disabilities and 57 radio frequency emissions and 293 296 transferring information from 259 troubleshooting 269 Devices tab 143 269 diagnostic information 250 Dial Lookup list 13 Dial Pad 37 39 dialing 12 34 38 39 49 dialog boxes 288 digit grouping 237 digital cameras 157 See also camera digital certificates 135 250 dimmed images 265 Direct Push Technology 80 directory service 104 105 110 Disable touchscreen check box 245 Disconnect Bluetooth command 85 Disconnect command 256 discoverable setting 145 discovering trusted devices 141 142 145 disk space 303 See also memory D
94. Bluetooth connection features o a On your smartphone press Start and select Programs Select Internet Sharing g Select the PC Connection list and then select Bluetooth PAN 149 USING YOUR DEVICE AS A WIRELESS MODEM YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O a wW E lt NOTE Keep the default setting on the connection with your smartphone z Network Connection list Check the documentation included with your computer for instructions 7 Press Connect left action key 9 After you have connected on your and follow the wizard to set up Internet computer open your web browser to Sharing confirm that you can connect to the 8 On your computer follow the steps to Internet accept or enable a Bluetooth PAN USING YOUR DEVICE AS A WIRELESS MODEM 7 YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER 148 USING YOUR DEVICE AS A WIRELESS MODEM CHAPTER 8 Your photos videos and music Do you have a wallet bulging with photos of friends family pets and your most recent vacation Are you tired of carrying both your MP3 player and your phone Your Palm Treo 750 smartphone solves both problems You can keep your favorite photos right on your smartphone videos too And there s no need to carry an expensive MP3 player because you can play music on your smartphone Simply transfer songs onto your smartphone or an expansion card sold separately and then listen th
95. D YOU KNOW After three minutes of inactivity when previewing an image the camera goes into standby mode Press any key or tap the screen to return to the image preview If the camera goes to standby while the recording is paused the video recording is stopped and the video is saved Customizing your Camera settings 1 Press Start sn and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Options YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O CHAPTER following options Pictures amp Videos ly Y BR Options when sending pictures in e mail pictures can be resized so that they transfer faster Use this picture size Original size When rotating a picture rotate 90 degrees O Left 8 Right EXEC E Use this picture size Sets the size of pictures you send with the Inbox application When rotating a picture rotate 90 degrees Sets the direction in which pictures rotate Select the Slide Show tab and set any of the following options CAMERA 158 O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER Pictures amp Videos Hy V BR Options During slide shows optimize For viewing Portrait pictures oO Landscape pictures O Play screensaver when connected to my PC and idle For 2 minutes sie sron Ea ew E During slide shows optimize for viewing Sets whether pictures are optimized for portrait or landscape format during slide show
96. E mail account press Start mn select Programs and then select ActiveSync Press Menu gt right action key and select Options 1 Press E mail gt left action key 2 Doone of the following e If the account list is displayed press Menu lt gt right action key and select Options e If the message list for a specific account is displayed press Menu WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES 1 5 YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER E right action key and select Tools gt Options 3 Select the email account you want 4 Press Next gt right action key until the following screen is displayed Inbox a Y E mail Setup Automati end Receive Download messages From the past 3 days X Advanced Settings Previous E 5 Select either of the following Automatic Send Receive Specifies the time interval for automatically downloading email from every 5 minutes to once a day If you do not want to automatically download messages select Manually Download messages Specifies the number of days worth of email to be retrieved for each automatic or manual retrieval TIP To save memory limit the number of emails that are downloaded to your smartphone by selecting a larger time interval for automatically downloading messages or a smaller time interval for how many days worth of messages are downloaded 6 Select Advanced Settings and then select any of the following ie I
97. ETTING UP CHAPTER Use one hand to press the Battery door release and use your other hand to slide the battery door downward to remove it from your smartphone Battery door release If the battery is installed remove it Slide your finger under the left side of the battery nearest the stylus and lift up to remove it TIP It is easier to remove the battery if you first remove the stylus from your smartphone With the metal contacts facing the battery compartment slide the SIM card into the cutout in the lowerright corner of the compartment until you feel it snap into place Align the notches to make sure you have the card oriented correctly Notch Align the metal contacts on the battery with the contacts inside the battery compartment insert the battery into the compartment at a 45 degree angle and then press it into place Battery contacts Phone contacts Slide the battery door back into place Your smartphone screen turns on Wait for the progress bar to fill and the Windows Mobile screen to appear 8 INSERTING THE SIM CARD AND BATTERY tip If your smartphone does not turn on after you insert the battery you need to connect it to the AC charger to charge it see Charging the battery If it still doesn t start perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to finish the installation 7 If your SIM card is not already activated f
98. Enter your message or tap and then select a predefined phrase you want to insert 5 Optional Tap and then select an emoticon to add to your message Tip You can also access predefined phrases and emoticons by pressing Menu right action key on the message compose screen TIP Some symbols can t be used in text messages Invalid characters are automatically replaced by the Messaging application 6 Press Send C left action key Creating and sending a multimedia message Multimedia messages consist of pictures videos text and sounds presented as one or more slides You can include any of the following items Ringtones e MIDI Sound clips e AMR e OCELP 120 USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION Pictures e JPEG e GIF e WBMP Videos e 3GPP e 3GPP2 e MPEG4 Outgoing multimedia messages can be up to 300KB by default but your wireless service provider may have a different maximum message size BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure that your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on 1 Press Start an and select Messaging 2 Press Menu C right action key and select New MMS 3 YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q CHAPTER Messaging El y 6 To lo Subject Add Media Add Text Add slide Enter the recipient s mobile phone number or email address Here are some shortcuts e If the recipient s name and mobile
99. Example Kevin Cook Account display name Work The name for this account on this device Previous E 8 Press Next C right action key 9 Enter your account username and password 10 If you want your password entered automatically check the Save password box If you want to enter your password each time you access this account do not check this box DID YOU KNOW Checking the Save password box makes it easier to check your email because you don t have to enter your password each time Leaving the box unchecked keeps your email more secure because no one can download messages without entering your password 11 Press Next gt right action key CHAPTER SETTING UP EMAIL 5 YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER 12 Optional Select either of the following Inbox El y E mail Setup Setup is complete To download e mail click Finish Automatic Send Receive very 2 hours Review all download settings Previous E Finish Automatic Send Receive Change the time interval for automatically downloading email from every 5 minutes to once a day If you do not want to automatically download messages select Manually Review all download options Select this option to change download settings see Changing email download settings for information 13 Press Finish gt right action key If prompted select OK to download messages for this account now Setting up a POP IMA
100. IMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER 132 CUSTOMIZING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION CHAPTER 7 Your connections to the web and wireless devices You use the web for so many things finding driving directions getting news buying gifts checking web based email Now with your wireless service provider s network and your smartphone s built in web browser you can take the web with you almost anywhere you go The built in Bluetooth wireless technology on your Palm Treo 750 smartphone helps you easily set up wireless connections to a number of devices So you can enjoy the convenience of cable free connectivity You can also use your smartphone to connect your computer to the Internet and to share contacts or your favorite photos with other people Benefits e Carry the web with you e Connect to Bluetooth headsets Store web pages for offline and car kits viewing e Connect your computer to the Internet through your smartphone In this chapter BLOW MM a a Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology Using your device as a wireless ModeM o o o o o o o o o YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O Browsing the web Internet Explorer Mobile provides quick and easy access to web pages You can view most sites on your smartphone that you can view on your computer including those with security and advanced features such as JavaScript and frames Internet Explorer Mobile suppor
101. NAL SETTINGS CHAPTER 4 Tap the screen where indicated 5 Press OK Changing the system color scheme Tip You can also set the background for your Today screen see Selecting your Today screen background 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Today amp 3 On the Appearance tab select a theme in the list Press OK 8 Changing screen orientation A Landscape orientations are determined by which hand you would hold the stylus in 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Screen 3 Select the General tab 4 Select an orientation e Portrait e Landscape right handed Landscape left handed 5 Press OK Application settings Arranging the Start menu You can change the seven applications listed on the Start menu You can still access the remaining applications by selecting Programs from the Start menu and then selecting the application s icon 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Menus E Settings El Y 6 Menus Checked items appear in the Start menu Others appear in Programs O Calculator ME Calendar Camera M contacts LG File Explorer DSi Game 3 Check the boxes next to the applications you want to see in the Start menu 238 APPLICATION SETTINGS 4 Press OK 9 tip Don t forget the six icons across the top of the Start
102. NOW The AC charger contains an indicator light that glows when the charger is connected to a power source CHAPTER SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION O SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER USB sync cable This button has no function with your smartphone Synch ron izi ng USI ng whether changes you made on the computer or on the smartphone need to be the SYNC cable synchronized 1 Connect your smartphone to your Every time you connect your smartphone computer see Connecting your to your computer the desktop sync smartphone to your computer software automatically turns on and checks 78 SYNCHRONIZING USING THE SYNC CABLE This button has no function with your smartphone Check for synchronization progress Windows XP Look for the animated ActiveSync icon at the top of your smartphone screen and the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar on your computer Windows Vista Look for the animated connection i icon at the top of your smartphone screen e f you don t see the correct icon make sure the desktop sync software that SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION O came with your smartphone is running on your computer CHAPTER e If you have any problems synchronizing see Synchronization for troubleshooting suggestions TIP We recommend that you install the backup and restore app from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD A backup and restore app p
103. O lt Q User Guide Your Palm Treo 750 Smartphone Intellectual property notices 2007 Palm Inc All rights reserved Palm Treo and the Palm and Treo logos are among the trademarks or registered trademarks owned by or licensed to Palm Inc All other brand and product names are or may be trademarks of and are used to identify products or services of their respective owners The Treo trademark is used by Palm Inc in Sweden and Denmark with the express consent of Pfizer and its affiliated companies The products marketed and or sold by Palm Inc under the Treo trademark are in no way affiliated with Pfizer or its business This product is protected by one or more of the following United States patents 7 007 239 6 976 226 6 975 304 6 965 375 6 961 567 6 961 029 6 957 397 6 952 571 6 950 988 6 947 975 6 947 017 6 943 667 6 940 490 6 924 752 6 907 233 6 906 701 6 906 741 6 901 276 6 850 780 6 845 408 6 842 628 6 842 335 6 831 662 6 819 552 6 804 699 6 795 710 6 788 285 6 781 824 6 781 575 6 766 490 6 745 047 6 744 451 6 738 852 6 732 105 6 724 720 6 721 892 6 712 638 6 708 280 6 697 639 6 687 839 6 685 328 6 665 803 6 618 044 6 590 588 6 539 476 6 532 148 6 523 124 6 519 141 6 516 202 6 490 155 6 480 146 6 457 134 6 456 247 6 442 637 6 441 824 6 437 543 6 429 625 6 425 087 6 389 572 6 388 877 6 381 650 6 363 082 6 344 848 6 317 085 6 241 537 6 222 857 6 185 4
104. ON ORGANIZER Contacts Name Picture Select a picture Company Department Job title File as Work tel Work Fax Tip Take some time to scroll down through all the fields in a new contact There are fields for multiple addresses phone numbers email addresses and much more TIP Be sure to enter mobile numbers and email addresses in the correct fields so that Inbox and Messaging can find this info when you address a message and Calendar can find your contacts when you want to invite them to meetings Here are some helpful tips for entering info e To enter complete name or address work home or other information tap the arrow on the right side of the line and enter the information in the box that appears When finished tap CHAPTER CONTACTS O YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER outside the box to accept the information and close the box To add a caller ID picture that displays when that person calls select Picture and then select Camera and take a picture or select an existing picture from Thumbnail View To assign the entry to one or more categories select Categories and then check the categories under which you want this entry to appear To assign a ringtone to the entry select Ring tone and select a tone To add a note to an entry select the Notes tab After you enter all the information press OK Viewing or changing contact information 1 In
105. P account in the Inbox application Other email providers You can set up an account in the Inbox application to send and receive email messages using an email account that you have with an Internet service provider ISP an email account that you access using a VPN server connection such as a work account see Connecting to a VPN or any other IMAP or POP email account BEFORE YOU BEGIN Work with your email provider or system administrator to gather the following info e Account type POP3 or IMAP e Mail server name for receiving mail e Your username and password e Any special security requirements Go to your Today screen Press E mail gt left action key Select New E mail Account A WD Enter the email address that you want to set up Check the box if you want the setup process to try to get your account settings from the Internet SETTING UP EMAIL Inbox a Y E mail Setup e E mail address myaccount example com Try to get e mail settings automatically from the Internet Privacy Statement Cancel 5 Press Next C right action key 6 If you did not check the box in step 4 or the setup process does not find account settings press Next gt right action key If you did check the box and the account setup process finds your account settings go to Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Common email providers and continue with step 7 of that procedure
106. REMOVING APPLICATIONS YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS DID YOU KNOW Built in applications that cannot be deleted are not listed in the Remove Programs list e You can attach a picture video or sound file to a multimedia message see Creating and sending a multimedia 4 Select Remove 5 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Sharing information Your smartphone comes equipped with a variety of options for sharing information so that you can choose the quickest most convenient way to send your info or to receive info from another device When you have a file open in a program such as Notes or PowerPoint Mobile you can easily share a file by selecting the Menu and then selecting Send via E Mail or Beam File In Microsoft Outlook you can insert a picture or attach a note or other file to an email You can also receive pictures and attachments see Your email message e You can synchronize to share info between your smartphone and your computer or between your smartphone and Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 see Synchronizing information e lf you are near someone you can beam files and applications between your smartphone and your neighbor s device using the IR port or Bluetooth wireless technology see Beaming information e You can also store files on an expansion card and share the expansion card see Using expansion cards Beaming information Your smar
107. SETTINGS O How much storage space do have left 1 Press and hold OK 2 Select any of the following tabs Main Displays the amount of memory assigned to your applications and info as well as the amount of memory in use versus the available memory Settings Storage Program Total 58 19 MB Total 48 68 MB Inuse 33 96 MB Inuse 38 20 MB Free 24 23 MB Free 10 48 MB Main Storage Card Running Programs Find large files using storage memory TIP If storage memory is low consider using an expansion card to store files see Using expansion cards If program memory is low close some applications to avoid slow smartphone performance see Closing applications CHAPTER SYSTEM SETTINGS 251 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER Storage Card Displays the amount of memory available on an expansion card that is inserted in the expansion slot on your smartphone Running Programs Lists the applications that are in use on your smartphone To switch to an application highlight it and select Activate To close an application highlight it and select Stop To close all open applications select Stop All Memory Running Programs List Notes a Excel Mobile Internet Explorer Wireless Manager C eon starr Main Storage Card Running Programs Find large files using storage memory On the Battery tab view the power remaining in you
108. Settings 3 Select the Services tab and then select Call Waiting 4 Select the appropriate option to receive a notification or not Settings a Y 6 Phone Call Waiting When calls are waiting 8 Notify mel O Do not notify me 5 Press OK Manually selecting your wireless band IMPORTANT The wireless band setting is preset for optimum performance Do not change this setting unless instructed to do so by a representative from your wireless service provider CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on 1 Goto your Today screen 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Preferences gt Phone Settings 3 Select the Services tab and then select Band Selection from the list 4 Select the Select network type list and then select one of the following Settings Phone Band Selection Select network type z Select your GSM UMTS Band auto Auto Automatically selects a network GSM Connects only to GSM networks UMTS Connects only to UMTS 3G or HSDPA networks YOUR PHONE O CHAPTER 5 Select the Select your GSM UMTS Band list and then select either Auto or one of the bands listed The band options differ depending on your wireless service provider 6 Press OK 8 Enabling fixed dialing Fixed dialing allows you to restrict your outgoing ca
109. Vibrate when ringer switch on Sounds Notifications Event Specifies the action for which you want to change the settings The remaining options vary based on the event you select Play sound Lets you turn the sound on off for the selected event To select a different sound select the list to the right of this setting and then select a different sound To preview the sound select Play Sound and then select Play Repeat Indicates whether the sound plays more than once if turned on Display message on screen Indicates whether a notification message appears onscreen for the selected event 5 Vibrate Indicates whether your smartphone vibrates to notify you about the selected event Press OK 8 Display and appearance settings Adjusting the brightness 1 2 3 Press Option and then press Press Left 4 and Right gt to adjust the brightness Press OK 8 Changing the text size and clarity 1 2 al Press Start and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Screen Y Select the Text Size tab Press Left 4 and Right gt to adjust the text size Select the Clear Type tab To smooth the edges of screen fonts check the Enable Clear Type box 236 DISPLAY AND APPEARANCE SETTINGS 7 Press OK a Setting display formats 1 Press Start 2 and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Regional Settings Ep Ye
110. WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER modem using the built in Bluetooth technology Setting up a USB Internet Connection Sharing connection 1 Connect your smartphone to your computer using the sync cable On your smartphone press Start and select Programs Select Internet Sharing p Select the PC Connection list and then select USB Press Connect left action key On your computer open your web browser to confirm that you can connect to the Internet Creating a Bluetooth Internet Connection Sharing connection BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your smartphone is visible see Entering basic Bluetooth settings Create a partnership between your smartphone and your computer We recommend that you initiate the partnership from your smartphone see Requesting a connection with another Bluetooth device On your computer double click the icon to open the Bluetooth connections window Check the documentation included with your computer for instructions Select the option to view devices within range You should see an icon representing your smartphone Double click this icon to make sure that Network Access Point or something similar appears in the list of Bluetooth services TIP Don t see your smartphone icon or the list of services Check the documentation included with your computer or contact your computer manufacturer for help Different computer models use different terminology for the
111. YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Installing applications onto an expansion card BEFORE YOU BEGIN To install an application from your computer to an expansion card you must first install the desktop synchronization software on your computer see Installing ActiveSync desktop software Windows XP or Installing Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot see Inserting and removing expansion cards 2 Connect your smartphone to your computer using the USB sync cable 3 Open My Computer or Windows Explorer on your computer 4 Double click the icon representing your smartphone 5 Navigate to the folder representing the expansion card 6 Copy the application file s into the expansion card folder Removing applications To free up memory on your smartphone you can remove applications that you no longer use You can remove only applications patches and extensions that you install you cannot remove the built in applications that reside in the Read Only Memory ROM portion of your smartphone 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Remove Programs 1 Settings El y 6 Remove Programs Programs in storage Vidya Pocket Scr SOTI Pocket Controller Remove Total storage memory available 45583K 3 Highlight the application that you want to remove 220
112. a press Menu and select Still YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O Adjust the position of your smartphone until you see the subject you want to photograph on the screen Your smartphone has a self portrait mirror next to the camera lens on the back of your smartphone Use the mirror when you re taking a picture and you want to be in the picture CHAPTER Optional Adjust any of the following Zoom Press Up A to zoom in or Down to zoom out Resolution Press Menu gt right action key and select Resolution to change the image quality Optional Set a five second timer Press Menu gt right action key select Mode and then select Timer Press Center O to capture the picture or start the timer Hold your smartphone still until the picture renders and then do one of the following e Press Camera left action key to take another picture CAMERA 153 O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC e Press OK and then press Thumbnails gt left action key to return to Thumbnail View CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW After three minutes of inactivity when previewing an image the camera goes into standby mode Press any key or tap the screen to return to the image preview Taking pictures in burst mode Burst mode takes five pictures in quick succession with one button press 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Camera le 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Mode gt Burs
113. a see Turning your phone on 1 Goto your Today screen 2 Using the numbered keys on the keyboard enter a phone number in the Dial Lookup field 24 MAKING CALLS FROM THE TODAY SCREEN YOUR PHONE O DID YOU KNOW When you re dialing a phone number or are on a call you can enter and without first pressing Option This makes it easy to respond to further dialing instructions or to press options when responding to automated instructions 3 Press Phone Send to dial NOTE You do not need to press Option to access the numbers on the keyboard However when dialing short numbers the number may conflict with a contact name If this occurs press Option to avoid starting a contact lookup For emergencies you can dial your national emergency number such as 911 or 112 without pressing Option first Tip If you press Phone Send while a number is highlighted your smartphone dials the number If a number is highlighted and you want to access the Today screen deselect the number or use the Start menu Tip If you lock your smartphone and select Simple PIN as the password type you can dial an emergency number by entering the number in the password field and pressing Phone Send You do not need to press Option before entering the number However if you select Strong alphanumeric as the password type you must first press Option twice before entering the number in the password field See Locking your s
114. ablishing a Bluetooth connection If the battery level is low you can t make a Bluetooth connection Entering basic Bluetooth settings 1 Go to your Today screen and tap Bluetooth YH 2 Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box to turn on the Bluetooth feature on your smartphone Settings El y BR Bluetooth Turn on Bluetooth Make this device visible to other devices To connect to a device click on the Devices tab below E 3 Check or uncheck the Make the device visible to other devices box Check this box to allow Bluetooth devices that are not on your Trusted Device list to request a connection with your device Your device remains accessible to other devices until you uncheck the box The Bluetooth status icon The Bluetooth icon on your Today screen indicates the status of the Bluetooth feature CONNECTING TO DEVICES WITH BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O CHAPTER Bluetooth off Settings Bluetooth Bluetooth on Tap Add new device to search For other Bluetooth devices Tap on a device to modify its settings Connected to a Bluetooth device Call in progress with a Bluetooth headset or car kit 27 YODO CCE E Requesting a connection with another Bluetooth device BEFORE YOU BEGIN To prepare your KEY TERM Partnership Two devices for smartphone to be able to accept a example
115. acters and symbols that do not appear on your keyboard Press Alt ax and then press a key on the keyboard to view the alternative characters available for that key See Entering other symbols and accented characters auto off interval The time of inactivity that passes before the screen on your smartphone turns off The wireless features on your smartphone are unaffected by this setting See Optimizing power settings beam The process of sending or receiving an entry or application using the infrared port on your smartphone or using Bluetooth wireless technology See Beaming information Bluetooth wireless technology Technology that enables devices such as smartphones mobile phones and computers to connect wirelessly to each other so that they can exchange information over short distances For more info visit www bluetooth com See Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology desktop software A Personal Information Manager PIM application for computers such as TERMS Microsoft Outlook that helps you manage your personal information and keep it synchronized with your smartphone See Installing ActiveSync desktop software Windows XP dialog box A setof options and command buttons that is enclosed by a border and that enables you to carry out a specific task EDGE Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution An enhanced version of GPRS that delivers data speeds
116. afety and legal information 0 0 000 cece eee 293 SPSCHEAIONG 1 050 cores pee ee PRERE pee pad PAER EEPE TEELE REA CRP EES 301 ic A ee es ee er ee ree ee ee ee ee ee 305 vil CONTENTS Welcome Congratulations on the purchase of your Palm Treo 750 smartphone In one compact and indispensable device you now have all of the following e An advanced wireless smartphone e A Windows Mobile organizer with portable expansion capability miniSD e High speed data with GPRS EDGE and UMTS 3G and HSDPA support e A 1 3 megapixel digital camera e Support for numerous mobile email solutions e Text and multimedia messaging e Windows Media Player Mobile e Microsoft Office Mobile suite This guide will help you set up your smartphone and quickly learn to use it NOTE If you want to use your phone and send and receive text messages you need a service contract with your wireless service provider If you also want to browse the web and send and receive email you need not only a service contract but also a data service plan from your wireless service provider You may also need a specific data service plan to send and receive multimedia messages Data speeds vary based on network availability and capacity tip LOOK HERE Don t miss the helpful tips and cross references given in these boxes What s in the box All of the following items should be in the smartphone box Hardware e Treo 750
117. ai er 67 Synchronization overview ooocoocococccc eet teens 69 How do l SYRCATONIZO licor errado 69 What can synchronize cisco esc a elo na as 70 Setting up your computer for synchronization 000000 eee ee eee 73 Synchronizing using the sync cable 00 0000 oo 78 Setting up wireless synchronization s sesa 0c cece aaee 79 Other ways to synchronize 2 0 ete 84 Setting SYNCHONIZATION OPTIONS s srece resande nede patada Laadeevaed ee ioe 86 Chapter oi YOU ON rea aeaa ra EA AA eee e ud peed Pha 89 Setting upiemall Lae lain daban Rosas As cask dnd spice a oak 91 Sending and receiving messag S 0 6 0 eee 99 Working with email messages 0 0002 c eee 104 Working with meeting invitations 0 0000 cee 14 Sending email messages from within another application 15 Chapter 6 Your text and multimedia Messages 0000 e eee cere eee 117 Using the Messaging application 0 0000 cee 19 Customizing the Messaging application 00 0 eee tenes 128 Chapter 7 Your connections to the web and wireless devices 133 Browsing the Web tos sasasi cage eimi bond ideo e dd dd bd ga 35 Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology 41 Using your device as a wireless modem 0 00 0000 cece cence 145 Chapter 8 Your photos videos and MUSIC cscase5 ccscesevececes cr rascar 149 Synchronizing yo
118. all forwarding icon 47 Call Log 38 Call Sender command 125 call waiting 45 call barring password 59 caller ID applications 281 caller ID blocking 44 caller ID pictures 152 172 caller IDs 59 call waiting notifications 60 camcorder icon 153 camera battery life and 11 capturing videos with 154 155 specifications for 301 taking pictures 152 154 troubleshooting 280 camera lens 6 Camera Preview Mode 280 camera settings 155 157 Camera tab 156 Cancel Bluetooth command 54 capitalization 25 243 Capitalize first letter of sentence check box 243 Caps Lock icon 25 Caps Lock mode 25 captions 122 Carrier call forwarding and 47 conference calls and 46 INDEX TTY devices and 295 cascading menus 22 case sensitive searching 193 208 categories contacts 172 events 178 playlists 165 tasks 181 182 cell patterns spreadsheets 198 cell phones See wireless phones certificates 135 250 Certificates icon 250 Certificates screen 250 changes undoing 160 changing alarm sounds 250 color themes 233 238 connections 254 contacts 172 date and time settings 248 email accounts 97 information 207 picture or video resolution 153 154 280 PIN numbers 246 speed dial buttons 50 text 193 text size 236 character entry 27 character sets 140 characters capitalizing 25 243 entering 24 25 202 241 phone calls and 49 scrolling 18 text messages and 119 120 typing alternate 26 charge indicator 5 10 charger
119. amera Clean the camera s lens with a soft lint free cloth Take pictures in bright lighting conditions Low light images may be grainy due to the sensitivity of the camera Hold the camera as still as possible Try supporting your picture taking arm against your body or a stationary object such as a wall Keep the subject of the pictures still Exposure time is longer with lower light levels So you may see a blur For best results verify that you have the brightest light source coming from behind you lighting the subject s face Avoid taking indoor pictures with the subject in front of a window or light e Make sure the subject is at least 0 5 meters 18 inches away from the camera to ensure good focus Remember that when you synchronize your Camera images are stored in the C Documents and Settings lt Username gt My Documents Treo My Documents folder on your hard drive see Camera The Camera preview image looks strange Some third party applications overwrite the color settings on your smartphone with their own 8 bit color settings This can affect the Camera Preview Mode Delete third party applications one by one until the preview image improves see Removing applications 280 CAMERA Third party applications Sometimes third party applications can cause conflicts on your smartphone Third party applications that modify wireless features may affect the performance of your smartphone an
120. ance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation RF Safety Exposure To Radio Frequency Energy SAR Radio transmitting devices radiate Radio Frequency RF energy during its operation RF energy can be absorbed into the human body and potentially can cause adverse health effects if excessive levels are absorbed The unit of measurement for human exposure to RF energy is Specific Absorption Rate SAR The Federal Communications Commission FCC Industrie Canada IC and other agencies around the world have estab
121. and 280 receiving 104 setting background 159 233 troubleshooting web page 279 IMAP accounts 92 94 103 inactivity 154 155 252 Inbox 18 101 127 Inbox application 100 104 accessing 29 250 backing up 67 259 261 changing 207 entering 25 26 erasing all 270 filtering 172 206 losing 191 261 moving 196 208 227 protecting 243 247 removing battery and 262 restoring 261 262 searching for 193 208 215 216 sharing 221 sorting 206 storing 223 282 synchronizing 69 71 270 transferring 67 259 updating 67 infrared port See IR port 262 281 installing ActiveSync 69 applications 217 218 281 282 bonus software 218 SIM smartcards 7 14 synchronization software 73 74 78 VPN clients 254 Windows drivers 260 instant messaging applications 281 internal memory See memory Internet 254 268 See also web browsing websites Internet Connection Sharing 145 INDEX Internet Connection Speed option 167 Internet Explorer Mobile browsing with 135 140 closing 137 customizing 140 141 installing from 219 scrolling in 18 starting 135 unsupported elements for 125 279 R connections 223 R port 6 85 222 288 SP mail systems 94 SP settings 254 SPs Internet Service Providers 254 277 talics option 195 tems tab 233 J JavaScript 135 JPEG files 121 JPG files 157 K keyboard accessing alternate characters on 26 dialing from 34 entering information from 25 26 243
122. animation 161 197 198 306 INDEX anniversaries 177 Answer button 40 answering the phone 40 45 antenna 294 Appearance tab 233 238 application icons 28 239 applications See also third party applications associating with buttons 239 battery life and 11 caution for hard resets and 261 choosing menu items in 2 22 closing 28 252 copying 227 customizing 238 243 deleting 220 282 displaying 28 252 downloading 217 219 error reporting for 250 included with device 303 installing 217 218 281 282 losing information in 261 moving through 18 19 moving to expansion cards 227 opening 28 226 238 phone calls and 43 reinstalling 259 261 running from expansion cards 226 282 running multiple 28 selecting 28 storing 282 synchronizing information in 71 86 troubleshooting 262 264 turning sounds on or off for 235 viewing memory usage for 251 Appointment tab 175 appointments adding 175 appearing in wrong time slots 274 deleting 178 179 hiding 178 marking as private 178 reminders for 176 scheduling repeating 177 viewing 174 Appointments tab 180 Area code option 173 arrow icons 17 ascending sort order 206 ASF files 158 Assign a program list 239 attachments adding 100 115 217 downloading 102 103 embedded objects in 104 internal memory and 282 opening 102 storing 103 111 troubleshooting 278 Attendees option 177 audio 40 157 161 296 auto completion options 241 AutoCorrect
123. ar E E mail Tasks Notes zi Do any of the following Check the box next to any items you want to synchronize If you cannot check a box you might have to uncheck a box for the same information type elsewhere in the list Uncheck the box next to any items you want to stop synchronizing Select an item and then select Settings to customize the settings for that item Settings are not available for all items 86 SETTING SYNCHRONIZATION OPTIONS SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION O CHAPTER Stopping synchronization Tip For detailed information on synchronizing Word documents Excel spreadsheets and PowerPoint presentations see Synchronizing your Microsoft Office files For detailed information on synchronizing pictures videos i and music files see Synchronizing your media 2 Select ActiveSync O files 3 Press Stop lt left action key If you ever need to manually stop synchronization follow these steps 1 Press Start lan and select Programs Tip To end the sync relationship between you smartphone and a computer so that items are no longer synchronized with that computer select the computer name on the ActiveSync screen and then select Delete SETTING SYNCHRONIZATION OPTIONS O SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER 88 SETTING SYNCHRONIZATION OPTIONS CHAPTER 5 Your email You already know how efficient email is for staying in
124. are in any areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere such as IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION fueling areas gas or petrol stations below deck on boats storage facilities for fuel or chemicals blasting areas and areas near electrical blasting caps and areas where there are chemicals or particles such as metal powders grains and dust in the air Interference to Medical and Personal Electronic Devices Most but not all electronic equipment is shielded from RF signals and certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your smartphone Pacemakers The Health Industry Manufacturers Association recommends that a minimum separation of six inches 6 be maintained between a smartphone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by the recommendations of Wireless Technology Research Persons with pacemakers should ALWAYS keep the smartphone more than six inches from their pacemaker when the smartphone is turned ON e Not carry the smartphone in a breast pocket e Use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the potential for interference e Turn the smartphone OFF immediately if you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place Audio Safety Some hearing aids may be affected by some digital smartphone models You may want to consult your doctor in the event of you experience i
125. art n and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Phone Q 3 Select the Security tab Settings Phone Currently Unlocked Locking the SIM prevents all voice and data calls from being sent or received except emergency calls Require PIN when phone is used The lock will take effect after you power cycle the phone 4 Check the Require PIN when phone is used box 5 Enter the PIN and press Done gt left action key 6 Press OK 7 Turn your phone off to activate the phone lock feature Your SIM card locks when you turn off your phone and turn it back on When your SIM card is locked you can unlock your SIM card by entering your PIN CHAPTER LOCKING YOUR SMARTPHONE AND INFO 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW You can permanently unlock your SIM card From your Today screen press Menu and select Preferences gt Phone Settings Select the Security tab and uncheck the Require PIN when phone is used box NOTE You need your PIN number to edit your PIN number or remove the locking feature If you enter an incorrect PIN more times than allowed by your wireless service provider the SIM card locks After the SIM card locks you need the PUK PIN Unlock Key to unlock the SIM card Contact your wireless service provider for more information and the PUK Locking your smartphone To protect your personal information you can lock the syst
126. arted 2 eens 2 Crapier lt Seung UN AA ses Gasetae erases eoea 44 E 3 Palm Treo 750 smartphone overview 00 0 eee eee 5 Inserting the SIM card and battery 2 0 0 0 0 0002 eee 7 Charging the batte ty oc rea crates dis a napa a aga enel deep 9 AKING YOUN TIFSECAll esoo o hewn dae a dd de de daw be 12 Setting up synchronization seses siisi raue pai eee 14 Chapter 2 Moving around on your Palm Treo 750 smartphone 15 Navigating around the SCREEN cion ic i ame re aie ae ape Aaea i aia eae 17 Using the keyboard lt cics csc a4 boa pd oie eke bod dada ey ba Gol ees 24 Opening and closing applications 20 tee 28 USING your Today SCEE escri rado Mad Eee Se ea es 29 Chapter S YOU PONS seert rrini dEr rE dra rra 31 Turning your Palm Treo 750 smartphone on off 0 0 0 0 eee eee 33 aking calls from the Today SChe N icicioni ci ii gi eee twee eee d enueis 34 Other ways of making calls 2 0 0 0 eee 39 Receiving Call sos hoe ead eee dag oad ge a ele a Ae GG Sa Eee i 40 WSIMGVOICR MALL sesar ena dd bl yl bod hohe ges 41 What can Ido duringaicall 0 5 ccd e a ek aa a aoa beheaded Lae eS 42 Defining speed dial bULIONS ce vrois odiarti radar age case ed ones AEE eS 48 USDA Phone NeadSet suse isd ar RM we dea eR eee EE Renae 50 Customizing phone settings 0 0 0000 pae a aE hio eee 55 Whatare al those ICNS ccc dace a ice a patna deeds 64 CONTENTS 1 Chapter Synchronizing IOa c
127. artphone older On your smartphone you can find the synchronized file by doing either of the ollowing 190 SYNCHRONIZING YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE FILES YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 10 e Press Start m select Programs and then select Office Mobile 3 Select the application that opens the file Word Mobile Ww Excel Mobile 38 or PowerPoint Mobile aa e Press Start ls select Programs and then select File Explorer A Tap the Show list in the upperleft and select My Device gt My Documents Word Mobile You can create and edit documents and templates and save them as DOC RTF TXT and DOT files You can also edit Microsoft Office Word documents and templates that you create on your computer However keep in mind that some of the information and formatting may be lost when you save the document on your smartphone DID YOU KNOW If you have a PDF file pdf you can view the file using PDF Viewer Press Start select Programs and then select PDF Viewer see PDF Viewer The following features are not supported in Word Mobile CHAPTER e Backgrounds e Bidirectional text e Document protection e Metafiles e Artistic page borders Lined page borders are supported e Password protected files Remove password protection on your computer before opening the file on your smartphone e Shapes and text boxes e Smart tags The following features are partially support
128. battery charging Any disposal of the smartphone must comply with laws and regulations pertaining to lithium ion batteries IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION Driving Safety Tips Overview Always obey all laws and regulations on the use of the smartphone in your driving area Safety Your most important call The Wireless Industry reminds you to use your smartphone safely when driving 1 10 Get to know your smartphone and its features such as speed dial and redial When available use a hands free device Position your smartphone within easy reach Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving if necessary suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions Do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving Dial sensibly and assess the traffic if possible place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may divert your attention from the road Dial 911 to report serious emergencies This is a free call from your smartphone Use your smartphone to help others in emergencies Call roadside assistance or a special non emergency wireless number when necessary Driving Safety Tips Details 1 Get to know your smartphone and its features such as speed dial and redial Carefully read your instruction manual and learn to take advantage of valuable features most smartphone models offer includi
129. been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Let Your Judgment Prevail The Device Software is only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations The Device Software is not a substitute for your personal judgment Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor the speech recognition functions and address any errors Palm Take Back and Recycling Program As part of Palm s corporate commitment to be a good steward of the environment we strive to use environmentally friendly materials reduce waste and develop the highest standards in electronics recycling Our recycling program keeps Palm handheld devices Treo smartphones and mobile companions out of landfills by evaluating them for possible reuse and recycling Palm customers may participate in the recycling program free of charge Visit palm com recycle for additional details and information about how you can help reduce electronic waste PN 406 11013 00 v 10 Contents A 1 Whats In the BOX corso pais ra aa eee ds e dl What do need to get st
130. c files won t sync NOTE Windows Media Player 11 is already installed on Windows Vista computers To sync media files with your computer set the Media sync option on your smartphone see Setting synchronization options On your computer open Windows Media Player Optional If you re transferring media files to an expansion card insert a 32MB or larger expansion card into your smartphone Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB sync cable Do one of the following Windows XP When the Device Setup Wizard opens on your computer click Automatic Check the Customize the playlists that will be synchronized box Windows Vista Select the Sync tab and then select Treo gt Set Up Sync Check the Sync this device automatically box Select the playlists you want to sync On a Windows Vista computer select the All Photos and All Videos playlists to synchronize pictures and videos between your smartphone and your computer Click Finish to begin the transfer If you are transferring files to an expansion card be patient transferring media files to an expansion card can take several minutes Playing media files on your smartphone 1 2 3 Press Start and select Programs Select Windows Media gt Press Menu gt right action key and select Library 162 WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE Select the Library list in the upper left and then select the library you want to use If y
131. cable 9 charging device 9 11 device battery 9 10 charging status 10 Chart command 207 chart options 207 charts 199 207 Chat icon 126 chat sessions 126 129 Chat tab 130 check boxes 19 chronological list of calls 38 Clear Cookies button 141 Clear History button 140 Clear Now Playing command 166 Clear Type tab 236 clearing web links 140 Clock amp Alarms icon 248 249 Clock amp Alarms Settings screen 248 249 closing applications 28 252 menus 22 notification messages 124 screens 19 color settings 280 color themes 233 238 command button 240 241 commands 20 240 See also menus voice commands Company Directory command 106 company names 39 172 comparisons 206 completed tasks 181 182 compliancy statement 294 components Treo device 1 compressed files 217 computers connecting to 77 310 INDEX installing from 219 220 reinstalling desktop software on 259 synchronizing with 85 87 system requirements 73 viewing videos and pictures on 151 Conference button 46 conference calls 46 confidential events 178 Confidential option 178 configurations troubleshooting 268 Configure Server command 278 configuring data services 268 mail servers 278 TTY devices 57 Confirm message deletions check box 129 confirmation messages 130 Connect command 255 Connect via Bluetooth command 85 Connect via IR command 85 connecting charger cable 9 device to PCs 77 headsets 50 to Bluetooth devices 52 54 14
132. ck names using these address books Indicates which directory services you want to check for email addresses Add Enables you to add directory services to the list of online address books Select the Storage tab and set any of the following options WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES Options Main memory 52 81 MB free Storage card not installed Current size of attachments 0 00 MB Empty deleted items Y E When available use this storage card to store attachments Indicates whether you want to automatically store email attachments on an expansion card You must have a card inserted in your smartphone s expansion card slot to select this option Empty deleted items Select Immediately to have the Deleted folder emptied anytime you delete a message Select On connect disconnect to have the folder deleted anytime you open or quit the Inbox application Select Manually to manually empty the Deleted folder YOUR EMAIL 5 CHAPTER Tip If you choose to manually empty the Deleted folder you delete messages from this folder in the same way that you delete any other messages see Deleting messages 8 Press OK e Changing email download settings You can customize the download options for each email account that you have with an Internet service provider ISP or that you access using a VPN server connection typically a work account NOTE To change options for a Microsoft Office Outlook
133. ck on the Today screen from digital to analog and back If you select analog format a clock icon 3 appears displaying the time 1 Tap and hold the clock display with the stylus 2 Select Analog or Digital System sound settings When you re in a meeting at the movies or anywhere that silence is required you can immediately silence all sounds on your smartphone including Calendar notifications and system sounds This does not mute the speaker during phone calls Silencing sounds 1 Slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off Gg The smartphone vibrates briefly 2 To hear all sounds again slide the Ringer switch to Sound On e When you slide the Ringer switch back to the Sound On position it restores the previous sound settings For example if the smartphone ring volume is set to the loudest setting and you slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off you do not hear the smartphone ring When you move the Ringer switch back to Sound On the smartphone ring volume is still set to the loudest setting Sound On Sound Off 234 SYSTEM SOUND SETTINGS TIP Can t get music to play out of the built in MP3 player Check the Ringer switch If it s set to Sound Off you won t be able to hear music DID YOU KNOW Your smartphone includes a silent alarm that can vibrate even when the Ringer switch is set to Sound Off Selecting Sounds amp Notifications 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 O
134. ct Programs 2 Select Pictures amp Videos E 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Play Slide Show The slide show plays automatically 4 Press Center O to display the slide show toolbar which you can use to Rotate Play Pause Reverse O Forward and Stop EJ the slide show Sending a picture or video You can send a picture or video to other picture enabled mobile smartphone devices or to an email address as an attachment You cannot send copyrighted pictures or videos that appear with a lock icon in Thumbnail View 1 Highlight the picture or video you want to send 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Send 3 Select the option you want to use to send the picture or video an email account or MMS 4 When the Inbox or Messaging application opens address and send the message see Creating and sending an email message or Creating and sending a multimedia message 158 PICTURES amp VIDEOS Creating a video ringtone You can save a video that you record as a ringtone 1 Highlight the video you want to use as a ringtone 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Save to Contact Ring Tone 3 Select the contact to whom you want to assign the ringtone Organizing pictures and videos You can move or copy pictures and videos to other folders or between your smartphone and an expansion card 1 Highlight the picture or video you want to move or copy 2 Doon
135. d Open the message you want and then press and hold any of the following Press and hold To H View all email shortcuts A Reply to the sender of a message and all other addressees R Reply to the sender only K Mark a message read or unread F Flag a message as high priority M Move a message between folders O Forward a message D Delete a message WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES 5 YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER L Fully download a partially downloaded message S Synchronize your smartphone with the server to get and send new messages Adding a signature to your messages You can use a different signature with each email account 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press E mail gt left action key 3 Do one of the following e If the account list is displayed press Menu gt right action key and select Options e If the message list for a specific account is displayed press Menu E right action key and select Tools gt Options 4 On the Accounts tab select Signatures 5 Select the account for which you want to create a signature gt Y BR Signatures Select an account Outlook E mail Use signature with this account O Use when replying and forwarding nter a signature here i 6 Check the Use signature with this account box to add this signature to new messages you create with this account 7 Optional Check the Use when repl
136. d may require extra troubleshooting Use caution when installing the following types of applications e Ringtone managers e Caller ID applications e Instant messaging e Applications that modify when your phone or data connections turn on or off and how your phone behaves If you recently installed an application and your smartphone seems to be stuck try the following 1 Perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset 2 Make sure the third party application is compatible with the Windows Mobile 6 TROUBLESHOOTING Professional operating system on your smartphone 3 Delete the most recently installed application from your smartphone see Removing applications 4 Ifthe problem persists perform another soft reset 5 If possible synchronize or use a backup utility to back up your most recent info 6 Perform a hard reset see Performing a hard reset 7 Synchronize or restore your backup to restore the info in your built in applications 8 If the problem is resolved begin reinstalling your third party applications one at a time 9 If the problem recurs delete the last application you installed and report the problem to its developer Getting more help Contact the vendor of any third party software if you require further assistance CHAPTER THIRD PARTY APPLICATIONS 13 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER TIP Remember that not all third party applications were written with the Treo 750 smartph
137. data connections TIP To manually start a data connection on an reduc ts by ending the data your wireless service provider s network or Yog 1S Nee Gos S y o g tnega i another network go to Connections connection when you ve finished browsing Settings and on the Tasks tab select the web Manage existing connections Tap and hold the connection you want to start and then select Connect from the shortcut menu 1 Use the stylus to tap one of the data connection icons or Y on the title bar CONNECTION SETTINGS 258 O YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER 2 Select Disconnect from the shortcut 1 Press Start and select Settings menu 2 Select the System tab and then select Customer Feedback FA 3 Select Send Feedback Submitting usage information to Microsoft You can choose to anonymously send information about your smartphone usage to Microsoft This information helps the company improve its Windows Mobile software No personal information is submitted you do not incur data charges and participation is voluntary 256 SUBMITTING USAGE INFORMATION TO MICROSOFT CHAPTER 13 Troubleshooting Although we can t anticipate all the questions you might have this chapter provides answers to some of the most commonly asked questions For additional information and answers to other common questions visit www palm com treo750 support In this chapter Ens IMO mom cnc CEMIS once ccoctuu
138. der to which you want to move the workbook Select the Location list and then select Main memory or Storage card Press OK a TIP When you go to a folder you can easily search your files by sorting by type Deleting cells rows and columns 1 Open the workbook containing the elements you want to delete Highlight the area you want to delete Press Menu gt right action key and select Edit gt Delete Cells Select how you want to remove the elements Shift cells left Deletes the highlighted cells and moves all cells on their right to the left 208 EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 10 Shift cells up Deletes the highlighted Customizing Excel Mobile cells and moves all cells below them up 1 Go to the workbook list CHAPTER Entire row Deletes the entire row s in 2 Press Menu gt right action key which the highlighted cells are located and select Options and moves all rows below up 3 Set any of the following options Entire column Deletes the entire Template for new workbook column s in which the highlighted cells Specifies the default template for new are located and moves all columns on workbooks Tein ewe Save new workbooks to Specifies NOTE Excel Mobile adjusts formulas to where new workbooks are stored reflect the new cell locations However a formula that refers to a deleted cell displays the REF error value Files to display in list vi
139. der you want to sync tip If you synchronize email with Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and you receive a message containing a link to a document on SharePoint or an internal file server you can view the document by selecting the link Receiving email messages How you receive email messages depends on the type of account you are using and how you synchronize If you use desktop sync software to synchronize your smartphone with your computer messages in Outlook on your computer are transferred to your smartphone when you connect your SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES 5 YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER computer and your smartphone see Connecting your smartphone to your computer For all other types of accounts including ISP accounts and accounts you access using a VPN server connection typically a work account see Connecting to a VPN message retrieval depends on the option you chose from the Automatic Send Receive list during account setup see Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Common email providers or Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Other email providers as follows If you chose a time interval Your smartphone automatically checks for and downloads new messages according to that interval If you chose Manually Follow these steps to send and receive messages 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press E mail gt left action key 3 Select the
140. do not need to press Option before entering the PIN numerals 6 Select Password and enter your password 7 Select Confirm and enter the password again 8 Optional Select the Hint tab and enter a hint to help you recall your password 9 Press OK 9 Tip If you lock your smartphone and use a Simple PIN as the password you can dial an emergency number by entering the number in the password field and pressing Phone Send You do not need to press Option before entering the number However if you select Strong alphanumeric as the password type you must first press Option twice before entering an emergency number in the password field Entering owner information You can enter personal information that you want to associate with your smartphone such as your name company name and YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS O phone number You can also set whether you want this information to appear when you turn on your smartphone If you lose your smartphone this feature can help the person who finds it return it to you 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Owner Information 8 3 On the Identification tab enter any of the information you want to include E Y Owner Information Name Sam Pull Company Company Inc Address 123 Company CA Telephone 1 555 555 8794 E mail sam company com Identification Notes Options 4 Select the Notes tab and enter any additional te
141. dowsmobile com DID YOU KNOW A common cause of sync problems is the presence of protective software such as VPNs or firewalls on your computer or network Desktop sync software This section covers issues with synchronizing using the desktop sync software that came with your smartphone If you have a Windows XP computer the desktop sync software is called ActiveSync desktop software If you have a Windows Vista computer the desktop sync software is called Windows Mobile Device Center NOTE See Exchange ActiveSync wireless synchronization for help with direct wireless synchronization with an Exchange server The desktop sync software does not respond to sync attempt As you complete the following steps synchronize after each step If the 270 SYNCHRONIZATION synchronization is successful you do not need to complete the remaining steps 1 Verify that the USB sync cable is securely connected at all points see Setting up your computer for synchronization 2 Make sure that all of the files you re trying to sync are closed on both your computer and your smartphone 3 Ona Windows XP computer look for the ActiveSync icon at the top of your smartphone screen and the ActiveSync 8 icon in the taskbar on your computer to make sure ActiveSync desktop software is running on your computer On a Windows Vista computer look for the connection er icon at the top of your smartphone screen I
142. ds characters that can be used when info is beamed between devices If you try to send or receive a character that is not on the list it The expansion card slot on your appears as a question mark see Setting smartphone enables you to add miniSD display formats cards to extend the storage capacity of USING EXPANSION CARDS 223 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER your smartphone For example miniSD expansion cards can store the following e Pictures e Games e Videos e Applications MP3 audio files e Databases e Email attachments Expansion cards are sold separately Tip We recommend that you purchase preformatted expansion cards To format a card on your own you need to connect a card reader sold separately to your computer Notch Inserting and removing expansion cards 1 Open the expansion card slot door by sliding your fingernail or another thin object into the notch 2 Hold your smartphone with the screen facing you and hold the card with the label facing you The notch on the card should be toward the bottom of your smartphone 3 Insert the card into the expansion card slot until you feel it lock into place and you hear the confirmation tone 224 USING EXPANSION CARDS YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS D 4 To remove an expansion card press in 5 After you feel the expansion card slot and release the card eject the card remove the card fr
143. e date time and time zone with your wireless service provider s network 248 SYSTEM SETTINGS YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS O CHAPTER whenever your phone is on and you are inside a coverage area Clock amp Alarms 1 Press Start and select Settings Y lt Description gt pa sMtwters 6 00 AM 2 Select the System tab and then select AS x Clock amp Alarms B sMtwtrs 6 00 AM lt Description gt w 3 Select the More tab WES Peta 4 To disable this option uncheck the wens nae Enable local network time box d ES 5 If you want to keep your smartphone date and time set for your selected 4 Check a box to turn on that alarm location uncheck the Use network 5 Select the description next to the box time zone box you checked and enter a description for the alarm Setting system alarms 6 Select the days of the week you want System alarms let you set alarms that are the alarm to go off You can select not associated with a task or appointment multiple days for each alarm For example you can use your smartphone 7 Se as an alarm clock when you travel or set alarms to remind you when it s time to take medication or pick up the kids ect the time you want the alarm to go off and then press OK 8 Select the alarm icon and then check the boxes to select how you want 1 Press Start and select Settings the alarm to go off You can choose a 2 Select the Sys
144. e document indentation o Formatting paragraphs and lists 5 Press OK e to return to the document 1 Open the document you want to Tip You can also use the Formatting toolbar to format create a list and to align text To indent text in lists you must use the Formatting toolbar 2 Position the cursor in the paragraph you want to format 3 Press Menu right action key Checking spelling in a document and select Format gt Paragraph 1 Open the document you want to check 4 Set any of the following options 2 Press Menuc right action key and Alignment Aligns the text paragraph select Tools gt Spelling To check the spelling of specific text highlight it before you select the Spelling command with the left right or center of the page List Creates a bulleted or numbered list 3 If an unknown or misspelled word is encountered do one of the following WORD MOBILE D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER e Select the correct word in the list if the word is spelled incorrectly Select Ignore if the word is spelled correctly e Select Add to add a new word to the spelling dictionary Organizing your documents You can rename your documents move your documents to another folder and move your documents between your smartphone and an expansion card 1 2 3 Go to the documents list Highlight a file Press Menu C right action key and select Rename Move Selec
145. e is on and a 3G UMTS data connection is active You can make and receive calls and transmit data simultaneously Your phone is connected to a HSDPA UMTS network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make or receive calls NOTE In most cases when your phone is connected to a UMTS network either 3G or HSDPA but you are not actively transmitting data the 3G icon appears The H icon may appear when your phone is connected to a HSDPA UMTS network but you are not actively transmitting data a a TROUBLESHOOTING 13 Your phone is on and an HSDPA UMTS data connection is active You can make and receive calls and transmit data simultaneously CHAPTER Your phone is connected to an EDGE network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make or receive calls Your phone is on and an EDGE if data connection is active You can still make or receive calls but the data transmission is automatically interrupted Your phone is connected to a GPRS network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make or receive calls Your phone is on and a GPRS data connection is active You can still make or receive calls but the data transmission is automatically interrupted NETWORK CONNECTION TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER My smartphone won t connect to the Internet Your smartphone supports GPRS or UMTS 3G or HSDPA wireless data networks To connect to the
146. e of the following To move the picture or video to another location press Menu gt right action key and select Edit gt Cut e To keep the picture or video in two locations press Menu gt right action key and select Edit gt Copy YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O 3 Tap the Show list in the upperleft and select the location where you want to place the picture or video 4 Press Menu C right action key and select Edit gt Paste You can also view a specific folder or expansion card and arrange the pictures and videos by name date or size 1 Tap the Show list in the upperleft and then select the folder you want to view 2 Tap the Sort By list in the upperright and then select the sort method Name Date or Size Using a picture as the Today screen background 1 Highlight the picture you want to use 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Set as Today Background 3 Select the Transparency level list and select the appropriate level Use a higher percentage for a more transparent picture and a lower percentage for a more opaque picture 4 Press OK to return to Thumbnail View CHAPTER PICTURES amp VIDEOS O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER Editing a picture For more extensive edits just download your picture or video to your computer and edit it in your favorite graphics program Then sync the picture or video back to your smartphone 1 Select the pic
147. e providers do not offer this option at all other providers require an upgrade for accessing email on a smartphone Press Start lan select Programs and then select ActiveSync Press Menu gt right action key and select Configure Server Make sure the SSL box is checked Enter the name of a different outgoing mail server for sending mail Many ISPs such as cable companies require that you have an Internet connection to their network to send email through their servers In this case you can almost EMAIL 277 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER always receive email from these accounts but if you want to send email you must send it through another server see Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Common email providers My vCard or vCal email attachment isn t forwarding correctly Microsoft Office Outlook provides several features including vCard and vCal that work with email client software on a Windows computer For these features to work correctly the email client software must be properly set up Follow these steps to check the settings 1 Click Start on your computer and then select Settings 2 Select Control Panel 3 Select Internet Options and then click the Programs tab 4 Make sure that the email field is set to the correct email client software 5 Click OK Start the email client software and make sure it is configured as the default MAPI client Consult the docum
148. e requires user attention Diverting attention away from the road while driving can possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Even occasional short diversions of attention can be dangerous if your attention is diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel Microsoft makes no representations warranties or other determinations that ANY use of the Software Product is legal safe or in any manner recommended or intended while driving or otherwise operating a motor vehicle General Operation Voice Command Control Many of the functions of the Device Software can be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to initiate the command with a button and then operate the Device mostly without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen If you are driving do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has
149. each time you access this account do not check this box Tip For a corporate email account ask your system administrator if it is OK to store your corporate email password on your smartphone for increased security you may need to enter your password each time you access your email If it is not OK don t check the Save password box 16 Press Next gt right action key 17 If you receive an alert that your wireless service provider has already customized the outgoing mail server settings press OK to close the alert and then press Next gt right action key on the outgoing mail server settings screen Do not enter or change anything on the screen If you do not receive an alert go to Entering outgoing server settings SETTING UP EMAIL TIP If you do not receive an alert and if your incoming mail requires SSL you set that option with the outgoing server settings See Entering outgoing server settings and check the Require SSL for Incoming e mail box on the Advanced Server Settings screen 18 Optional Select either of the following Inbox a y E mail Setup Setup is complete To download e mail click Finish Automatic Send Receive hours Review all download settings Previous E Finish Automatic Send Receive Change the time interval for automatically downloading email from every 5 minutes to once a day If you do not want to automatically download messages s
150. earch button 216 Search dialog box 215 Search for list 215 216 Search icon 215 search results list 215 216 searching contacts list 37 documents 193 spreadsheets 207 web pages 135 searching for files 215 217 searching for information 193 208 215 216 searching for signal 12 secure websites 279 security 144 243 247 250 security certificates 135 250 security options web 141 security software 243 Security tab 140 245 Select All Text command 139 selecting applications 28 items in folders 217 items in lists 23 items on screen 19 20 menu items 21 22 options in lists 20 22 23 speed dial entries 30 tabs 18 web links 19 136 self portrait mirror 6 153 Send Link via E mail command 137 Send meeting requests via option 180 Send outgoing items check box 83 Send Sound command 235 Send via E Mail command 221 Send Receive command 102 sending copyrighted items 158 email 101 102 115 137 277 meeting requests 105 177 180 multimedia messages 1211 123 126 pictures 158 sounds 235 text messages 40 119 videos 158 sensitivity options 178 181 Sent folder 110 127 servers troubleshooting 275 276 278 See also Exchange servers service contracts 1 service providers 254 268 EIF Services tab 47 59 60 62 Set as Hands Free command 269 Set as Today Background command 159 Set reminders for new items option 180 182 Set up my proxy server option 255 setting alarm clock 249 settings See options
151. ed in Word Mobile Picture bullets supported Regular bullets are Revision marks Documents appear as though all revisions were accepted if the document is saved revision marks are lost Table styles Some or all of the formatting is lost if the document is saved WORD MOBILE D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Underline styles Unsupported styles are mapped to one of the four supported styles regular dotted wavy or thick bold wide Legacy Pocket Word files You can open PSW files but if you edit a file you need to save it in DOC RTF TXT or DOT format The following features are not supported on your smartphone but they remain in the file so that when you open the file on your computer they appear as expected Fonts and font sizes Original fonts are listed on your smartphone and are mapped to the closest font available Footnotes endnotes headers and footers Lists Indented lists are mapped to the closest indentation level supported by Word Mobile Page breaks Although not displayed all page breaks except a break placed at the end of a document are retained in the document Creating a document 1 A OU N al Press Start and select Programs Select Office Mobile Bs Select Word Mobile W The first time you open Word Mobile a new document opens Otherwise press New C left action key Enter the text of the document Press OK e to save the f
152. ed types Column Bar Line Pie Scatter and Area Background colors gridlines data labels trend lines shadows 3D effects secondary axes and logarithmic scales are turned off The following features aren t supported in Excel Mobile and are removed or modified when you open a workbook on your smartphone CHAPTER EXCEL MOBILE D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Hidden dialog and macro sheets VBA modules Text boxes Drawing objects and pictures Lists Conditional formats and controls Pivot table data converted to values Creating a workbook 1 2 3 4 Press Start and select Programs Select Office Mobile s Select Excel Mobile 38 The first time you open Excel Mobile a new workbook appears Otherwise press New C left action key Highlight a cell where you want to enter text or other info Enter the info in the cell and then press Enter Repeat steps 4 and 5 to enter the remaining info Press OK e to save the file When you save anew workbook it is automatically named and placed in the workbook list Creating a workbook from a template 1 Go to the workbook list 2 Tap the Show list in the upperleft and select Templates If you don t see Templates in the Show list select More Folders to access this folder 3 Open the template you want to use 4 Press Menu C right action key and select File gt Save As 5 Select Name and enter a new name for
153. een select Default 4 Select the Playback tab and check the Override playback options for all files box 5 Set any of the following options Show without animation Turns off builds and other animations Show without slide transition Turns off transition effects between slides Use timings if present Enables the timings recorded with each slide in a presentation If a presentation is set up as a timed slide show the slides advance automatically Presentations pause during zooming Loop continuously Advances to the first slide after playing the last slide in a presentation 6 Press OK e TIP To turn the presentation into a continuously looping slide show check both the Use slide timings if present and the Loop continuously boxes Excel Mobile With Excel Mobile you can create and edit workbooks and templates on your smartphone You can also edit workbooks and templates that you create on your computer However keep in mind that you may lose some of the information and formatting when you save the workbook on your smartphone Note the following formatting considerations Alignment Vertical text appears horizontal Borders Appear as a single line Cell patterns Patterns applied to cells are removed 198 EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 10 Fonts and font sizes The original font is listed on your smartphone and mapped to the closest font available
154. elect Attendees Select Add Required Attendees and then select the name of the contact you want to invite To invite other attendees select Add Required Attendees and then select the names CHAPTER Optional To invite optional attendees select Add Optional Attendees and then select the names 4 Press OK 6 Sending a meeting request You can email meeting invitations to contacts who use Microsoft Office Outlook or Outlook Mobile BEFORE YOU BEGIN Create contact entries with email addresses for the people you want to invite to a meeting You can t access contact entries without email addresses from your calendar 1 Create an event and then select it DID YOU KNOW If you are using Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 with Service Pack 2 you can use your corporate Global Address List to find contact information for an attendee Select Attendees press Menu right action key and then select Find Online Enter the name of the attendee and select Find 5 Press OK e The next time you synchronize the meeting request is sent to the attendees When attendees accept your meeting request the meeting is automatically added to their schedules When you receive their response your calendar is updated as well CALENDAR 177 O YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER Replying to a meeting request You receive and reply to meeting requests in the Inbox application see Working with
155. elect Manually YOUR EMAIL 5 CHAPTER Review all download settings Select this option to change download settings see Changing email download settings for information 19 Press Finish gt right action key If prompted select OK to download messages for this account now DID YOU KNOW On the Accounts tab in Messaging Options an asterisk appears next to the accounts you create Tip To delete an email account or to edit account settings for example if you need to change the name of the outgoing mail server press Menu right action key and select Tools gt Options To delete an account highlight the account you want press and hold Center on the 5 way and then select Delete To delete an Outlook Email account use the ActiveSync application not the Inbox application To edit an account select the account and go through the screens to change the settings you want to edit Entering outgoing server settings If during account setup you do not receive an alert saying that your wireless service provider has set the outgoing mail options you need to manually enter these settings SETTING UP EMAIL 5 YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER BEFORE YOU BEGIN Work with your email provider or system administrator to gather the following info e Mail server name for sending mail e Any special security requirements 1 On the screen for entering outgoing mail settings select the correct settings for the
156. elect Sounds amp Notifications 3 Select the Notifications tab YOUR PHONE O 4 Select the Event list and then select the type of call or notification for which you want to set the ringtone CHAPTER Phone Known Caller An incoming call from someone in your Contacts list or Speed Dial list Settings Sounds amp Notifications hone Known Caller Ring type Ring Ring tone Treo PIE Vibrate when ringer switch off Vibrate when ringer switch on Notifications Phone Missed call A call you did not answer CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS 65 O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Settings El Y BR Sounds amp Notifications Event alas Play sound Alarm Triangle PIE Display message on screen Vibrate when ringer switch off Vibrate when ringer switch on Notifications Phone Roaming A call that comes in when you re outside your home mobile network Phone Unknown Caller An incoming call from someone identified by caller ID who is not in your Contacts list or Speed Dial list Phone Voice mail A new voicemail If you selected Known Caller Roaming or Unknown Caller select the ring type and the ringtone Select the Play icon to preview the ringtone sound If you selected Missed call or Voice mail set the following options e Check the Play Sound box if you want to have a sound played when the event occurs 8
157. em so that you need to enter your password to access any of your information or use other features of your smartphone IMPORTANT If you lock your system you must enter the exact password to unlock it If you enter an incorrect password you are given another chance Each time an incorrect password is entered you are given progressively longer time periods between your chances to enter the password If you forget the password you need to perform a hard reset to resume using your smartphone Performing a hard reset deletes all the entries in your smartphone However you can restore all previously synchronized info the next time you sync see Synchronizing information Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Lock y 3 On the Password tab check the Prompt if device unused for box to turn on the password feature 4 Select the first list and then select how long a period of inactivity must pass before you are prompted to enter a password to unlock the system 5 Select the Password type list and then select a format for your password Strong alphanumeric A strong alphanumeric password must contain at least 7 characters and must contain a combination of letters numerals and punctuation You must press Option or Alt before entering numerals or punctuation 246 LOCKING YOUR SMARTPHONE AND INFO Simple PIN A simple PIN must contain at least 4 characters and includes numerals only You
158. en you encrypt an expansion card the info on the card can be read only by your smartphone so no one can see what s on the card if it gets lost or stolen 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Press Start and select Settings 3 Select the System tab and then select Encryption 4 Check the Encrypt files placed on storage cards box 1 Press Start and select Programs NOTE If your organization enforces an 2 Select Calculator E encryption policy you can see that the box 3 Enter numbers and perform Performing calculations is checked but cannot uncheck it calculations including the following Clears the last digit in a multi digit entry Calculator You can use Calculator for basic arithmetic calculations such as addition subtraction multiplication and division CALCULATOR YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Clears the current calculation or the displayed number s Calculates the reciprocal of a number Calculates percentage Calculates the square root of a number Switches a number between negative and positive Using the Calculator memory To store a displayed number tap the box to the left of the entry box or press M An M appears in the box DID YOU KNOW When you store a number in memory it replaces the number that is currently stored tip You can paste numbers into Calculator as we
159. en your smartphone is connected to your computer opening My Computer or Windows Explorer Windows XP or Computer Windows Vista displays 76 SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION an icon representing your smartphone Double clicking this icon displays folders containing items you synchronized such as music files pictures and videos Connecting your smartphone to your computer NOTE If you re transferring info from a previous Windows Mobile device or from a Palm OS device you can learn more about how to move content such as pictures music and files to your smartphone by going to www palm com treo750 support 1 If international adapters are included in your smartphone package prepare the AC charger by connecting the adapter that fits the wall outlet you re going to use 2 Plug the AC charger into a wall outlet 3 Plug the USB sync cable into an available USB port or into a powered USB hub on your computer SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION Tip For best performance plug your sync cable directly into a USB port on your computer If your computer has USB ports on both the front and back we suggest using the back port If you use a USB hub make sure it s a powered hub 4 Connect the sync cable to your smartphone by inserting it into the two sockets to the left on the bottom of the smartphone 5 Connect the charger cable to the remaining socket on the bottom of your smartphone DID YOU K
160. entation for your desktop email application for more information When sync with my Exchange server my info is not downloading to my smartphone Check with your system administrator to obtain the name of the mail server that offers you wireless access to the corporate mail system If you cannot obtain the name of this server some companies do not give it out because they do not want wireless access to their servers you cannot use Exchange ActiveSync to synchronize with the Exchange server You can also check the following setting 1 Press Start an and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync 3 Press Menu gt right action key and select Configure Server 4 Make sure the SSL box is checked 278 EMAIL Web I can t access a web page First make sure you have Internet access Open Internet Explorer Mobile and try to view a web page you ve loaded before To ensure that you re viewing the page directly from the Internet press Menu E right action key and select Refresh After confirming your Internet connection try to view the page in question again If it comes up blank press Menu gt right action key and select Refresh If you re still having trouble the page may contain elements that are not supported by Internet Explorer Mobile such as Flash Shockwave VBScript WML script and other plug ins Some websites use a redirector to their true home page For example if you enter the addres
161. er Mobile to install Windows Mobile apps in the CAB file format directly from the Internet For files in any other format except CAB you must first download the files to your computer and then install them to your smartphone by synchronizing 1 Make sure your phone is on and that you are in a coverage area see Turning CHAPTER 7 Go to the My Documents folder in File Explorer 8 Tap the file you downloaded to start the installation program Installing applications from your computer BEFORE YOU BEGIN To install an application from your computer to your smartphone you must first install the desktop synchronization software on your computer see Installing ActiveSync desktop software Windows XP or Installing Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista your phone on 2 Press Start and select Internet Explorer 3 Goto the page that contains the link to the application you want to download 4 Press Left 4 or Right to highlight the link to the file and then press Center O to start the download process 5 When the download has finished press Start and select Programs 6 Select File Explorer Q 1 Open My Computer or Windows Explorer on your computer 2 Double click the icon representing your smartphone 3 Copy the application file s into the folder 4 Connect your smartphone to your computer to synchronize and install the application s on your smartphone INSTALLING APPLICATIONS
162. er information on your smartphone To access it open Windows Explorer or My Computer and look for the icon that represents your smartphone See Installing applications from your computer Option Press this key and then a second key to enter the character or to access the feature displayed above the letter on the second key See Entering numbers punctuation and symbols partnership The connection that you make between two devices by means of Bluetooth wireless technology The devices recognize each other because each device finds the same passkey on the other device After you create a partnership between the devices you no longer need to enter the passkey Partnership is also known as paired relationship pairing trusted device and trusted pair on some devices See Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology Phone Off Appearing on the Today screen this indicates that your smartphone is not connected to any network and you cannot make calls except those to emergency numbers You can still use the organizer features however To turn the phone on off go to the Wireless Manager See Turning your phone on Phone Send The button on your smartphone that provides quick access to your Today screen and dials after you ve entered a phone number See Making calls from the Today screen piconet An ad hoc network of devices that uses Bluetooth wireless technology to connect one
163. ering press Menu and select Tools gt AutoFilter again DID YOU KNOW You can also create custom filters where you specify comparisons Select the filter lists and then select Custom 206 EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 10 a W E z Creating a chart 2 Open the chart 1 Open the workbook in which you want 3 Press Menu gt right action key to create a chart and select Format gt Chart 2 Highlight the cells you want to include 4 Select any of the following tabs in the chart Titles Specifies the title of the chart 3 Press Menu C right action key and headings whether a legend and select Insert gt Chart appears and the placement of the 4 Select the type of chart and then press legend Next gt right action key Scale Specifies the minimum and 5 Confirm the area you want the chart to maximum scales for charts with x and y include and then press Next gt axes ona named Type Specifies the chart style You can 6 Select the data layout and then press use this setting to convert your chart to Next gt right action key a different format 7 Check the boxes to indicate whether the first row and column represent labels Series Lets you add modify format or delete related data points without affecting the info in your worksheet 8 Select whether you want the chart to appear as a separate worksheet within 5 Press OK e the current workbook or as par
164. es Synchronizing your Microsoft Office files Changing which applications sync Music and video files Desktop sync software and Windows Media Player Setting up your computer for synchronization Changing which applications sync Transferring media files to your smartphone Pictures Windows XP Desktop sync software Windows Vista Desktop sync software and Windows Media Player Setting up your computer for synchronization Changing which applications sync Transferring media files to your smartphone Windows Vista 72 WHAT CAN SYNCHRONIZE SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION O Info type Method CHAPTER Where to learn more Outlook Notes Desktop sync software Setting up your computer for synchronization Changing which applications sync Files to be transferred to an expansion card Desktop sync software Setting up your computer for synchronization Changing which applications sync Setting up your computer for synchronization Before you can synchronize you need to install your desktop sync software and connect the sync cable to your computer Even if you already have desktop sync software installed on your computer you must install the software that came with your smartphone on the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD System requirements Your computer must meet the following minimum system requiremen
165. es people who are deaf or hard of hearing or who have speech or language disabilities to communicate by telephone Your smartphone is compatible with select TTY devices You can connect a TTY TDD machine headset or hands free kit to your smartphone through the headset jack while in TTY TDD mode Please check with the manufacturer of your TTY device for connectivity information Be sure that the TTY device supports digital wireless transmission NOTE Notall wireless service providers support the TTY feature on your smartphone Check with your wireless service provider for information CHAPTER CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS 57 O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER BEFORE YOU BEGIN NOTE When TTY TDD is on a TTY TDD Make sure your smartphone is icon appears at the top of the Today connected to a TTY TDD machine using Sereen the headset jack When you enable TTY all audio modes are disabled on your Adding contact numbers from new callers smartphone including holding the By default you are prompted to add smartphone up to your ear and contact entries for numbers that are not listening already in your Contacts list You can turn Turn on your phone to access your this feature on or off Phone Settings See Turning your phone 4 Press Start 2 and select Settings 2n 2 On the Personal tab select Phone 1 Fress Start W and select Settings On the Phone tab check the After calls 2 On the Personal tab select P
166. es type list and then select the type of series you want If you select Date or Number enter a Step value increment TIP Select Autofill as the series type to quickly fill cells with repetitive data such as numbers or repeated text Autofill takes the content of the first cell in the highlighted row or column and copies it down or across the rest of the selection 6 Select OK Adding cells rows and columns 1 Open the workbook you want 2 Highlight the area where you want to insert elements 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Insert gt Cells 4 Select how you want to insert the elements Shift cells right Inserts the same number of new cells as the number of cells you highlighted horizontally in step 2 for example if you selected an area EXCEL MOBILE D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER containing two cells horizontally say A1 and B1 selecting Shift cells right inserts two horizontal cells so the original A1 and B1 and their contents are now C1 and D1 The highlighted area and all cells on the right move the same number of columns two in this example to the right Shift cells down Inserts the same number of new cells as the number of cells you highlighted vertically in step 2 for example if you selected an area containing two cells vertically say A1 and A2 selecting Shift cells down inserts two vertical cells so the original A1 and A2 and thei
167. essing Center or by tapping the item with the stylus Highlighting text You can use the stylus to highlight text on the screen Tap and drag the stylus across the text you want to highlight To highlight a word double tap it To highlight a paragraph triple tap it tip When text is highlighted you can press Backspace to delete the highlighted text Using the action keys The left and right action keys give you quick access to tasks that you can do on the current screen so the action key items vary from application to application and from screen to screen Look on the screen directly above the action key to see the action that it takes in the current context In some contexts these keys may do nothing at all In most cases the right action key gt opens the menu and the left action key gt activates a specific command such as New or Edit Remember that action key functions vary from screen to screen so be sure to check the onscreen label before pressing the action keys NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE O New Voicemail New Voicemail Left action key activates this command Listen 1 37 PM 7 5 05 CHAPTER Right action key activates this Dismiss Left action key Selecting menu items In many applications a menu provides access to additional features The menu is hidden until you press Menu C gt right acti
168. ew Specifies which types of files appear in the workbook list 5 Select OK 4 Press OK 8 tip To delete a workbook go to the workbook list and highlight the workbook you want to P D F Viewer delete Press Menu right action key and select Delete Select Yes to confirm Tip To delete a worksheet press Menu right Picsel PDF Viewer lets you view PDF files action key and select Format gt Modify whether they are saved to your Sheets Highlight the worksheet you want to smartphone attached to email messages delete and then select Delete Select Yes and stored on an expansion card inserted into mess OK your smartphone s expansion card slot or downloaded from the web You can customize the document display PDF VIEWER D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Opening a file 1 2 3 4 5 Press Start and select Programs Select PDF Viewer 6 Select the Folder list and then select the folder containing the file you want to open If you re not sure which folder the file is in select All Folders j Picsel PDF Viewer Ely Y Cancel All Folders Type Documents X Name 4 Folder Date a HowDolsSc 11 04 03 Select the Type list and then select the type of file you want to open Select the file you want Optional Optimize your viewing of the file by doing any of the following e To switch between zoom mode and pan mode p
169. f the correct icons are not displayed do the following Smartphone Press Start lan select Programs and select ActiveSync Press Menu c right action key and select Connections Make sure the Synchronize all PCs using this TROUBLESHOOTING connection box is checked and that USB is selected from the list CHAPTER Windows XP computer Click Start navigate to Programs and then select Microsoft ActiveSync Windows Vista computer Click Start select All Programs and then select Windows Mobile Device Center Do one of the following Windows XP computer Double click the ActiveSync amp icon in your taskbar From the File menu select Connection Settings Make sure the Allow USB connections box is checked and then click Connect Windows Vista computer Click Start select All Programs and then select Windows Mobile Device Center Select Connect without setting up your device and then select Connection settings Make sure the Allow USB connections box is checked and click Connect Perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset SYNCHRONIZATION 271 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 8 9 10 11 Restart your computer and make sure the desktop sync software is running f problems persist and you re synchronizing through a USB hub try connecting the sync cable to a different USB port or directly to your computer s built in USB port f you re already synchronizing through a built
170. f to run applications from an expansion card 282 MAKING ROOM ON YOUR SMARTPHONE Voice quality Is the other person hearing an echo e Try decreasing the volume on your smartphone to avoid coupling or feedback on the other person s end This applies to both the speakerphone and to the handset earpiece e Position the smartphone closer to your ear to prevent sound leaking back to the microphone Keep your hand away from the microphone hole which is on the lowerright side of your smartphone e If you re using Speakerphone mode with your smartphone lying on a flat TROUBLESHOOTING surface try turning the smartphone face down screen facing the surface CHAPTER Are you hearing your own voice echo Ask the other person to turn down their volume or to hold the phone closer to their ear Is your voice too quiet on the other end Be sure to hold the bottom of the smartphone or the hands free microphone close to your mouth Check the signal strength indicator If the signal is weak try to find an area with better coverage VOICE QUALITY 13 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 284 VOICE QUALITY Where to learn more For a quick introduction Quick Tour The Quick Tour introduces you to many of your Palm Treo 750 smartphone s features It is already installed on your smartphone and you can open it any time Press Start lan select Programs and then select Quick Tour a Wh
171. find a contact In Contacts press Menu right action key and select Company Directory When sending a meeting request select Attendees press Menu right action key and select Company Directory WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES 5 YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER BEFORE YOU BEGIN Add access to an online address book to your smartphone see Adding an online address book 1 In anew message select To 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Add Recipient 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Company Directory 4 Enter the contact name as it appears in the directory and press Find gt left action key You must spell the contact name correctly tip When you sync with Outlook on your computer disable your online address books to avoid errors Press Menu right action key and select Tools gt Options Select Address select each online address book and then uncheck the Check name against this server box Be sure to turn this option back on if you synchronize other email accounts Finding messages You can find messages containing a specific word or phrase The find feature searches names email addresses and subject lines Press E mail gt left action key Select the account you want Begin typing the word or phrase you want to find The list display changes to show only those messages containing the letters you have entered Continue entering letters to narrow the display until the
172. following D y E mail Setup e Outgoing SMTP mail server icwmx com O Outgoing server requires authentication Advanced Server Settings Previous E Outgoing SMTP mail server Enter the server name Outgoing server requires authentication Check the box if your outgoing mail server requires authentication Use the same user name and password for sending e mail Check the box if the server requires you to use your account username and password when sending email Select Advanced Server Settings and then select the correct settings for either of the following me Inbox E Ya E mail Setup Advanced Server Settings O Require SSL for Incoming e mail O Require SSL for Outgoing e mail Network connection The Internet y E Cancel Require SSL for Incoming e mail Check the box if your account requires SSL for incoming messages Require SSL for Outgoing e mail Check the box if your account requires SSL for outgoing messages Network connection Select the type of connection to use for sending and receiving email SETTING UP EMAIL 3 Select Done lt left action key On the outgoing mail server screen press Next right action key 4 Optional Select either of the following E mail Setup Setup is complete To download e mail click Finish tic Send Receive Automal y hours Review all download settings Previous ss
173. for 145 phone calls and 54 receiving information over 143 145 sending information over 143 145 troubleshooting 269 Bluetooth icon 54 66 142 Bluetooth Plug in 142 Bluetooth Settings screen 142 145 Bluetooth wireless technology 133 222 287 BMP files 157 Bold option 194 bookmarks 137 See also favorites border highlight 19 borders 198 brightness adjusting 236 browsing files and folders 216 228 308 INDEX browsing the web See web browsing built in applications 220 303 built in camera See camera bulleted lists 195 bullets 191 Burst mode 154 button settings 167 buttons assigning to media files 167 assigning voice commands to 239 associating with applications 239 creating speed dial 48 disabling 244 editing speed dial 50 opening menus and 20 reassigning 239 selecting or activating 19 showing voicemail 49 turning sounds on or off for 235 Buttons icon 239 Buttons list 239 Buttons screen 239 Buttons tab Options 167 c CAB files 219 calculations 201 202 229 Calculator application 229 calculator buttons 230 Calculator icon 229 calendar adding items to 176 177 displaying 174 removing events 179 setting alarms for 176 setting options for 179 unavailable slots on 178 Calendar application adding contacts and 171 customizing 179 180 managing schedules with 175 179 selecting views 174 starting 174 untimed events in 176 calendar options 179 180 Calendar views 174 179 180 call forwarding 47 c
174. forwarding These features depend on your service plan Please contact your wireless service provider for more information When you make or receive a call the active call info appears on your Today screen 42 WHAT CAN DO DURING A CALL Start Elo Ea ae 4 37 Call in Progress 3 i Type a name or number Warren Hoffner 155555556980 Current duration of call Caller s name and number During a call you can do any of the following Navigate around the Today screen Use Up A and Down to move around or highlight items Put the call on hold Press Hold gt left action key To take the call off hold press Off Hold gt left action key Use the built in speakerphone Select Speakerphone t To turn the speakerphone off select Speakerphone amp again Mute the microphone so you can t be heard Select Mute EX To turn the YOUR PHONE O microphone back on select Mute Ex again CHAPTER Switch to another application Press Start and select the application DID YOU KNOW When a call lasts longer than one minute the screen dims After two minutes it dims more Press any key except Power End to light up the screen DID YOU KNOW You can send and receive text messages during a call This is a great way to stay connected with colleagues during a long call Ending a call Do one of the following Press Power End e Press the headset button if the headset is at
175. from the file sync folder on your computer and from your smartphone highlight the file name and click Remove To copy a file from your computer to your smartphone click Add browse to and highlight the file and then click Open NOTE If you receive an error while synchronizing files make sure that all of the files you re trying to sync are closed on both your computer and on your smartphone Synchronizing files Windows Vista 1 On your computer copy or save the file to the Documents Documents on username s Smartphone folder DID YOU KNOW The Documents on username s Smartphone folder is created when you select the option to sync Files 2 Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB sync cable Synchronization takes place automatically Where are the changes made to my file Don t look for the changed file in its original location on your computer Only the synchronized version contains the changes and that version is in the ActiveSync file sync folder To find this folder do one of the following Windows XP On your computer desktop double click the file sync folder icon This is a shortcut to the file sync folder Windows XP In ActiveSync desktop software double click Files The location of he file sync folder appears in the File Synchronization Settings dialog box under On this computer synchronize the files in his folder Windows Vista Open the Documents Documents on username s Sm
176. g contacts 30 36 173 information 207 text 193 firewalls 270 5 way navigator 5 17 19 282 fixed dialing 61 folder names 196 folders accessing Outlook 273 adding documents to 194 arranging pictures and videos in 159 browsing 216 228 creating 138 196 moving items to 196 208 217 opening items in 217 organizing web favorites in 137 138 sorting contents 217 synchronizing messages in 101 Font color option 194 Font command 194 Font option 194 fonts 192 194 199 236 footers 192 footnotes 192 forgetting passwords 246 format settings 237 formats losing 191 formatting charts 207 paragraphs and lists 195 spreadsheets 198 205 system data 237 text 194 Formatting toolbar 195 forms web 137 formulas 199 202 209 Forward command 107 318 INDEX forwarding messages 107 125 phone calls 47 freeing memory 220 275 282 Freeze Panes option 201 front view device 5 full charge battery 9 Full Screen option 136 functions spreadsheets 199 202 G games 11 getting started 2 3 12 285 GIF files 121 157 161 Global Address List 104 105 173 Global Address List Lookup 215 Glossary 287 Go to Slide command 197 GPRS connections 288 graphics programs 160 H Hands Free check box 54 269 hands free car kit 51 54 hands free devices connecting to 52 purchasing 298 setting up 50 tips for 55 297 troubleshooting 269 turning Keyguard on or off for 244 hanging indents 195 hanging up pho
177. g Swap C left action key 4 When you re done do one of the following YOUR PHONE O CHAPTER e If you have extracted a call press Power End twice to hang up all calls or press Power End i once to hang up the active call e f you have not extracted a call press Power End m once to hang up all calls Forwarding calls You can forward calls to another phone number Please check with your wireless service provider about availability and pricing of forwarded calls additional charges may apply When all calls are forwarded the call forwarding A icon appears in the title bar BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on 1 Goto your Today screen 2 Press Menu right action key and select Preferences gt Phone Settings 3 Select the Services tab and then select Call Forwarding from the list WHAT CAN DO DURING A CALL O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Specify your call forwarding settings Some of the settings may already be set by your wireless service provider to send your calls to voicemail Settings E y ok Phone Call Forwarding Forward all incoming calls To 1 408 555 5555 Forward phone calls only if No answer 1 408 555 5095 Forward after 20 seconds M Unavailable 1 408 555 5045 Busy 1 408 555 5045 5 Press OK Defining speed dial buttons
178. g sounds 236 repeating tasks 181 Replace All button 193 208 Replace button 193 208 replacing information 207 text 193 the battery 262 263 Request Delivery Read Receipt check box 123 Require PIN when phone is used check box 245 reset button 6 260 resets 246 260 262 266 caution for 261 resizing text 137 resolution camera 280 resolution screen 265 302 Resolution command 153 280 restarting Treo device See resets restoring backups 262 275 information 261 262 sound settings 234 Resume playback option 125 166 retrieving voicemail 42 Return key 24 reverse type 20 Revert to Saved command 160 revision marks 191 RF emissions 293 296 RF Safety Statement 293 right action key 20 right click menus See shortcut menus Ringer switch 7 234 ringer volume 57 ringer silencing 40 ringtone files 120 ringtone managers 281 ringtones assigning to contacts 49 67 159 172 creating video 159 downloading 55 previewing 56 selecting 55 roaming 83 274 Roaming option 56 rotating pictures 155 160 RTF files 191 RTSP files 158 running multiple applications 28 Running Programs tab 29 252 S safe driving tips 297 Safety Statement FCC 293 Save As command 139 194 Save Image command 139 Save links option 140 Save password check box 81 93 96 Save to Contact Ring Tone command 159 Save to Contacts command 45 Save to list 227 Save to option 185 Save to Template command 125 Saved folder 101
179. ge and the Bluetooth feature on your smartphone is turned on The range varies greatly depending on environmental factors The maximum is about 9 meters 30 feet DID YOU KNOW If you have both a compatible Bluetooth headset and a car kit the one you connected to your smartphone last becomes the active device If necessary prepare the device with which you want to connect to accept a new connection Check the device s documentation for details Be sure to find out if the device has a predefined passkey that you need to enter on your smartphone in step 7 Go to your Today screen and tap Bluetooth Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box 52 USING A PHONE HEADSET YOUR PHONE O CHAPTER Settings iE Settings a y Bluetooth Select a Bluetooth Device O Turn on Bluetooth Select a device to connect with and tap Next C Make this device visible to other devices Palm Device To connect to a device click on the Devices tab below E Cancel 4 Select the Devices tab and then select 6 Select the device you want to connect Add new device to and then press Next gt right action key Settings rn 7 Entera passkey between 1 and 16 Tap Add new device to search for other digits long and then press Next gt Bluetooth devices T device ti dif x isting o EE S EEE ONP right action key IMPORTANT Some hands free devices have a predefi
180. ghlight the text you want to copy 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Edit gt Copy 3 Goto the application in which you want to paste and then position the cursor where you want to paste the text 4 Press Menu gt right action key and select Edit gt Paste tip If Internet Explorer Mobile does not recognize a phone number as dialable you can copy the phone number as text and paste it into the phone Dial Pad Returning to recently viewed pages The History list stores the addresses of the pages you visited recently 1 Press Menu C right action key and select History BROWSING THE WEB 7 YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER 3 Optional Tap the Show list in the upperleft and then select how you want to sort the History list Select the web page you want to view Customizing your Internet Explorer Mobile settings 1 2 Press Menu gt right action key and select Tools gt Options On the General tab set any of the following options Internet Explorer Bl Y BR Options http www palm com medianetlanding Use Default Encoding Default character set Westem European Home Page Sets the page that appears when you open Internet Explorer Mobile To use the page you were on when you opened the menu select Use Current To select the original home page select Use Default Encoding Sets the character set for the web
181. ght the phone number you want to dial for the contact 4 Press Phone Send or press Center to dial DID YOU KNow After you look up a contact you can select how you want to communicate with that person When a contact s name or phone number is highlighted on the search results list press and hold Center on the 5 way or tap and hold with the stylus and then select the communication method you want to use Dialing using the onscreen Dial Pad The onscreen Dial Pad is useful when you need to dial numbers that are expressed as letters and when you need large numbers that you can tap with your finger or the stylus MAKING CALLS FROM THE TODAY SCREEN G7 O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW You can paste numbers directly into the Dial Pad Copy a number from another application switch to Dial Pad and then press and hold Center on the 5 way to paste the number BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press Phone Send and select Dial Pad 3 Use the keyboard keys or tap the onscreen Dial Pad to enter the number Delete 4 Press Phone Send to dial Redialing a recently called number To dial the last number you called Go to your Today screen and then press and hold Phone Send To select from your most recently dialed numbers Go to your Today screen press Phone
182. hands free device To transfer a call from the handset to a Bluetooth hands free device during a call press Menu gt right action key and select Connect Bluetooth To transfer the call back to the headset press Menu gt right action key and select Cancel Bluetooth To transfer a call from a wired headset to a Bluetooth headset or car kit that is within range and with which you ve previously set up a partnership Bluetooth headset or car kit required sold separately unplug the wired headset and press the button on the Bluetooth headset or car kit To find out how to transfer your contacts from your smartphone to your car kit go to www palm com treo750 support 54 USING A PHONE HEADSET DID YOU KNOW If you re using a Bluetooth hands free device and it is within range your smartphone routes all calls to the hands free device instead of to the earpiece on your smartphone Bluetooth range is up to 9 meters 30 feet in optimum environmental conditions Customizing phone settings Selecting ringtones and display notices You can set different tones for different types of incoming phone calls and notifications You can download MP3 MIDI AMR WAV and WMA ringtones directly to your smartphone see Downloading files and images from a web page You can also download ringtones to your computer and then email them to your phone 1 Press Start sn and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab s
183. he item For example you can search for words within notes appointments contacts and tasks CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW Contacts on your SIM card do not appear in the search results list 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Search Q Search a Fj amp Search for JANE y Type All data X EB Cartola Jane Contact Wow Messaging 7 3 06 30 4 KB DID YOU KNOW You can also open Search by pressing Option left Shift 3 Select Search for and then enter the file name word or other info you want to find FINDING INFORMATION 218 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Tip If you ve looked for an item before select the Search for list and then select the item in the list tip When two or more words are entered in the Search for field the search results contains only items that contain all of the words 4 Select the Type list and then select the kind of information you want to find tip If you are searching for information in certain applications such as Inbox or Word Mobile select Advanced for more search options 5 Press Search lt left action key 6 Use the 5 way to select and view an item from the results of the search A storage card symbol appears next to the names of files that are located on an expansion card Exploring files and folders You can use File Explorer to browse the contents of folders on your smartphone or on an e
184. he unit and may violate FCC regulations Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Potentially Unsafe Areas Potentially explosive atmospheres Turn off your smartphone when you are in any areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere such as fueling areas gas or petrol stations or storage facilities for fuel or chemicals Declaration of Conformity Treo 750 Palm declares that the above model of Treo 750 smartphone is compliant with the regulations below The declaration applies to the smartphone and its associated accessories power supply headset and USB cable where applicable Maximum Scaled SAR Values W kg FCC Band GSM GSM WCDMA WCDMA 850 1900 850 1900 Head SAR W Kg W Kg W Kg W Kg Held to Ear 0 866 0 588 0 569 1 16 Body SAR W Kg W Kg W Kg W Kg Worn 0 532 0 155 0 231 0 164 IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION Maximum SAR Values W kg CE Band GSM 900 PCS 1800 WCDMA 2100 4 Head SAR 0 741 0 244 0 447 To view the highest reported FCC SAR values of the Treo 750 visit www palm com 41057 FCC OET Bulletin 65 Supplement C Safety EN 60950 2000 Jan 2000 Radiated Emissions EN 55022 FCC ID O8FKITT IC ID 3905A KITT Palm Treo 750 Using TTY ATTY also known as TDD or text telephone is a
185. helps diagnose application errors for devices running Windows Mobile software When an error is detected a text file is created You can review the file and choose whether you want it delivered to Microsoft technical support The information is used by programming groups at Microsoft for quality control and is not used for tracking individual users or installations for any marketing purpose The info that is collected is technical info about the state of 250 SYSTEM SETTINGS your system when the error occurred No documents or any info contained in them are intentionally sent with the report To ensure further security the report is transmitted via a secure connection and is kept confidential and anonymous in a limited access database DID YOU KNOW This error reporting method meets the privacy regulations of the European Union EU as well as the Fair Information Practice Principles of the Federal Trade Commission in the United States To view the Fair Information Practice Principles visit the Federal Trade Commission website at www ftc gov reports privacy3 fairinfo htm Your smartphone must be connected to your computer when you send the error report provided your computer is connected to the Internet 1 Press Start 3 and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Error Reporting al 3 Select whether you want to enable or disable error reporting 4 Press OK YOUR PERSONAL
186. hone amp from numbers that are not in Contacts ask if want to add them Settings El y BR box Phone 14085555841 4 Press OK 8 Blocking calls TTY TDD z Telecommunications Device for the Deaf v After calls from numbers that are not in Contacts ask if I want to add them You can block bar incoming or outgoing Set ring tones for incoming calls calls EEE E BEFORE YOU BEGIN You need to do the following 3 On the Phone tab select the TTY TDD Make sure that call barring is supported ist and then select either On or Off by your service plan Check with your f an alert appears press OK l wireless service provider for more PP P information 4 5 Press OK 58 CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS YOUR PHONE O Get a call barring password from your All calls All incoming calls are blocked wireless service provider CHAPTER Select the Block outgoing calls list and Make sure your phone is on and that then select one of the options you re inside a coverage area see Turning your ph ne on Off No outgoing calls are blocked International All outgoing international Go to your Today screen calls are blocked Press Menu gt right action key International except to home and select Preferences gt Phone country All outgoing international calls Settings are blocked except to the country Select the Services tab and then select where the phone is based
187. hone until it clicks into place TROUBLESHOOTING 13 CHAPTER Battery door release Battery contacts Phone contacts 6 Wait for the screen to turn on RESETTING YOUR SMARTPHONE TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER Performance The applications are running slower than usual 1 Press Start an and select Settings 2 Select System and then select Memory 3H 3 Select Running Programs Select Stop All to close all your open applications 5 Press OK If the previous steps don t fix the problem try doing a soft reset see Performing a soft reset If the problem persists follow these steps to turn off the Voice Command setting if it is enabled 1 Press Start an and select Settings 2 Select Personal and then select Voice Command g 3 Uncheck the Enabled box Press OK e Tip Be sure that third party applications are designed for Windows Mobile 6 Professional Applications written for Windows Mobile 6 Standard or earlier versions of Windows Mobile software do not work with your smartphone If you can try a free version of the software before purchasing it you can test it first to make sure it works properly My battery seems to drain quickly If you have a push email solution such as GoodLink wireless messaging or if you have set up a schedule for wireless synchronization check with your email provider or system administrator to make sure that the server is set up prope
188. hone is operating on battery power USING THE KEYBOARD MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE O a wW S a n lt X or is connected to an external power z source The backlight also turns off when mip You can turn off the first letter A l g inp an application s power saving features turn capitalization setting see Setting input it off options A Entering numbers pun ion TIP You can change the backlight shut off pla ers Punemation and interval Press Start and select Settings symbols Select the System tab and then select Numbers punctuation and symbols Backlight Set the time interval on the Battery appear above the letters on the keys To Power tab and on the External Power tab enter these characters do one of the following Entering lowercase and uppercase letters Press Option 8 and then press the By default the first letter of each sentence key of the desired character You don t or field is capitalized and the remaining text need to hold Option while pressing the you enter is lowercase To enter other key uppercase letters do one of the following Press Option twice to turn on e Press Shift s or and then enter Option Lock and then press the desired a letter You don t need to press and keys to enter a series of characters hold Shift while entering a letter When Option Lock is on this symbol Press Shift or twice to turn on appears at the bottom of
189. ia messaging to give your message extra impact by adding a photo video or sound file Benefits e Enjoy quick communication e Beas simple or as creative as you e Use text messaging to chat with want friends In this chapter Using the Messaging application Customizing the Messaging application Using the Messaging application You can use the Messaging application to send and receive brief text messages SMS and multimedia messages MMS Before you use your smartphone to send or receive messages consult your wireless service provider for pricing and availability of text and multimedia messaging services Creating and sending a text message Each text message can have up to 160 characters You can send a message of more than 160 characters but the message will automatically be split into several messages lf you send a text message to an email address the email address is deducted from the 160 character count DID YOU KNOW You can send and receive text messages even while you are on a phone call This is easiest when using a hands free headset or the speakerphone BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure that your YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q CHAPTER phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on won Press Start and select Messaging Press New C left action key Enter the recipient s name mobile phone number or email address Here are some
190. ient software and 278 installing drivers for 260 synchronizing with 80 106 Outlook E mail screen 92 94 100 overdue tasks 182 Override playback options 198 owner information 247 Owner Information icon 247 Owner Information screen 247 P page breaks 192 paired relationships See partnerships pairing See partnerships Palm online support 285 Palm applications 219 Palm devices 77 259 Paragraph command 195 paragraph formatting 195 partial battery icon 10 partnerships 143 269 289 326 INDEX passkeys 53 144 Password tab 246 Password type list 246 passwords call blocking and 59 corporate email accounts and 81 96 entering 81 93 96 246 247 forgetting or losing 246 locking device and 244 246 saving 93 96 spreadsheets and 199 Paste command 159 194 patches 220 patterns in workbooks 198 Pause playback option 125 166 PCS phones See wireless phones PDF files 191 PDF Viewer 191 209 Peak times options 83 performance 264 281 Personal Address Book 273 personal computers connecting to 77 installing from 219 220 reinstalling desktop software on 259 synchronizing with 85 87 system requirements 73 viewing videos and pictures on 151 personal events 178 personal identification numbers PINs 61 245 290 personal information 246 247 288 personal information managers 273 290 See also PIM applications Personal option 178 Personal tab 55 personalizing your device 231 phone See also phone ca
191. if possible place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic Try to plan your calls before you begin your trip or attempt to coincide your calls with times you may be stopped at a stop sign red light or otherwise stationary But if you need to dial while driving follow this simple tip Dial only a few numbers check the road and your mirrors then continue Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may be distracting Stressful or emotional conversations and driving do not mix they are distracting and even dangerous when you are behind the wheel Make people you are talking with aware you are driving and if necessary suspend phone conversations which have the potential to divert your attention from the road Use your smartphone to call for help Your smartphone is one of the greatest tools you can own to protect yourself and your family in dangerous situations with your smartphone at your side help is only three numbers away Dial 911 in the case of fire traffic accident road hazard or medical emergencies Remember 911is a free call on your smartphone IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION 9 Use your smartphone to help others in emergencies If you see an auto accident crime in progress or other serious emergency where lives are in danger call 911 as you would want others to do for you 10 Call roadside assistance or a special wireless non emergency assistance number when necessary Ce
192. ignore a call and send it to voicemail press Menu C right action key and select Ignore or press Power End ja To silence the ringer while your smartphone is ringing e Press the Volume button or any key on your smartphone except Phone Send Power End ass Alt Start ln OK or the 5 way e To immediately silence all system sounds including the ringer slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off g All sounds remain off until you slide the Ringer switch back to Sound On ef When you silence the ringer you can either answer the call or let it ring through to voicemail 40 RECEIVING CALLS Using voicemail Setting up voicemail 1 Goto your Today screen 2 Press and hold 1 on the keyboard or tap the Voicemail speed dial button to dial your wireless service provider s voicemail system DID YOU KNOW For some wireless service providers the Voicemail speed dial button may not be assigned to a number If that s the case you can edit the Voicemail speed dial button to add the number to your service provider s voicemail system see Editing a speed dial button or you can create a new speed dial button with the number see Creating a speed dial button 3 Follow the voice prompts to set up your voicemail YOUR PHONE O Retrieving voicemail messages from the Today screen Start ao El Y 4 21 Wireless Service Provider 3 ia Type a name or number E mail When you have unretrie
193. ile When you save a new document it is automatically named after the first several words in the file Opening an existing document 1 2 3 4 Press Start and select Programs Select Office Mobile Bs Select Word Mobile W In the document list select the document you want to open TIP To zoom in or out press View select Zoom and then select the zoom level 192 WORD MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 10 Creating a document from a template 1 Goto the documents list 2 Tap the Show list in the upperleft and select Templates If you don t see Templates in the Show list select More Folders to access this folder 3 Open the template you want to use 4 Press Menu C right action key and select File gt Save As 5 Select Name and enter a new name for the file 6 Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the file 7 Select the Type list and then select the format in which you want to save the file 8 Select the Location list and then select Main Memory or Storage Card 9 Select Save TIP To create a new template open the document you want to save as a template Press Menu right action key and select File gt Rename Move Select Name and enter a name for the template Select Folder and then select Template Press OK Finding or replacing text in a document 1 CHAPTER Open the document containing the text you want
194. ile using your smartphone On device Help Your smartphone includes on device help that is specially formatted for your smartphone screen To view the on device help press Start a and select Help Online support from Palm For up to date downloads troubleshooting and support information go to www palm com treo750 support If you need more information Books Many books on Windows Mobile devices are available in local or online book retailers look in the computers section Customer service from your wireless service provider For questions about your mobile account or features contact your wireless service provider s customer care WHERE TO LEARN MORE 286 WHERE TO LEARN MORE Terms ActiveSync The software on your smartphone that exchanges and updates the information on your Palm Treo 750 smartphone with the information on your computer ActiveSync desktop software The software on your Windows XP computer that exchanges and updates the information on your computer with the information on your smartphone To open ActiveSync on your computer double click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of your screen If the icon does not appear click Start click All Programs or navigate to the Programs group and then select Microsoft ActiveSync See Installing ActiveSync desktop software Windows XP Alt alternative The key that you use to enter accented char
195. in memory or Storage Card 6 Press OK 6 Tip To create a new folder go to the Notes list tap the Show list in the upperleft and then select Add Delete Select New enter aname for the folder and then press OK Deleting a note 1 Go to the Notes list and highlight the note you want to delete 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Delete 3 YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER O Select Yes to confirm the deletion Customizing Notes 1 2 3 Go to the Notes list Press Menu gt right action key and select Options Set any of the following options Default mode Makes the default entry mode either Writing or Typing The default is Typing if you change it to Writing you can write notes directly on the screen using the stylus Default template Specifies the default template for new notes Save to Indicates the default location where new notes are stored Record button action Specifies what happens when you press the Side button to record a voice note while in another application whether the Notes application opens or whether you stay in the current application CHAPTER NOTES O YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER 4 Press OK e Tip To use the Record button action feature you need to assign the Side button to open Notes See Reassigning buttons tip Tap Global Input Options to set options for entering text in any application see Setting input opti
196. in USB port on the front of your computer move the sync cable to a USB on the back of your computer if your computer has USB ports in both places Uninstall the desktop software that came with your smartphone and then insert the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD which came with your smartphone and repeat the installation process see Reinstalling the desktop software 12 For a Windows XP computer only delete the existing partnership between your smartphone and your computer and create a new one by doing the following steps in turn e Disconnect your smartphone and your computer from the sync cable Right click the gray ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of your computer screen and then select Open Microsoft ActiveSync Click File and then click Delete Mobile Device When asked to confirm click Yes Connect your smartphone and your computer to the sync cable When the Synchronization Setup Wizard appears follow the steps to establish a sync relationship between your smartphone and your computer 13 If your organization uses a firewall or a VPN connection synchronizing with ActiveSync may not work For a Windows XP computer only go to www microsoft com and search for the following topics to help with specific firewall setup situations e ActiveSync USB Connection Troubleshooting Guide e ActiveSync with Sygate Personal Firewall e ActiveSync with TrendMicro PC cillin
197. irectly on your smartphone at your computer s IR port On your smartphone press Start and select Programs Select ActiveSync Press Menu C right action key and select Connect via IR Select Sync Synchronizing with multiple computers You can set up your smartphone to synchronize with up to two computers as well as with Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 When synchronizing with multiple computers the items that you synchronize appear on all the computers For example if you set up to sync your smartphone with two computers named OTHER WAYS TO SYNCHRONIZE O SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER C1 and C2 when you sync Contacts and Calendar on your smartphone with both computers you get the following results e The contacts and calendar appointments that were on C1 are now also on C2 e The contacts and calendar appointments that were on C2 are now also on C1 e The contacts and calendar appointments from both computers are on your smartphone NOTE Microsoft Office Outlook E mail can synchronize with only one computer Setting synchronization options Changing which applications sync You must select sync options if you want to synchronize notes pictures and other types of files Press Start E and select Programs Select ActiveSync Press Menu lt gt right action key and select Options ActiveSync El j BR Options Choose the data you want to sync E Calend
198. ischarge Oectricity if you are in an environment where you notice ESD events you may want to take extra precautions to protect your electronic equipment against ESD Precaution against hearing loss Protect your hearing Listening to this device at full volume for a long period of time can damage your hearing A pleine puissance l coute prolong e du baladeur peut endommager l oreille de l utilisateur Consultez notre site web www palm com fr pour plus d informations Waste disposal Please recycle appropriately For appropriate recycling and disposal instructions please visit www palm com environment X IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION 300 IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION Specifications Radio Dual mode GSM UMTS phone GSM 850 900 1800 1900 quad band UMTS 850 1900 2100 tri band GPRS Multi slot Class 10 Class B EDGE UMTS PS data HSDPA Category 12 Phone features Personal speakerphone Hands free headset jack 2 5 mm 3 barrel connector Microphone mute option TTY compatible Processor technology Samsung processor 300MHz Expansion miniSD card slot Battery Rechargeable Lithium ion 1200mAh power Removable for replacement 3 hours full charge time Operating system Windows Mobile 6 Professional Camera Still image capture resolution 1280 x 1024 1 3 megapixel 2x digital zoom SPECIFICATIONS Size 4
199. ismiss button 42 display formats 237 Display message on screen check box 236 display options web 136 display settings 236 238 See also screen displaying alternate characters 26 animated images 161 314 INDEX applications on device 28 appointments 174 calendar 174 contacts 37 172 current connection 254 daily schedules 174 events 176 178 folder contents 216 memory usage 251 multimedia messages 126 notifications 56 236 on device help 285 PDF files 191 pictures 151 152 157 power settings 252 Quick Tour documentation 285 running applications 252 documents See also Word Mobile application creating 191 192 193 deleting 196 finding and replacing text in 193 moving or copying text in 194 opening 192 organizing 196 saving 191 192 194 196 sending 89 setting margins for 195 spell checking 195 supported features for 191 unsupported features for 191 Palm specific information and updates 285 pictures 157 ringtones 55 videos 161 Downloads favorite 139 downward pointing arrows 22 drained battery 11 drawing 183 drivers 260 driving safety tips 297 Drop and Answer command 46 drop down lists accessing 22 exiting 23 highlighting in 18 23 space on expansion cards documents list 197 scrolling through 18 228 252 DOT files 191 selecting items in 20 23 tasks 182 downloading drop down menus 22 videos 151 152 157 applications 217 219 web pages 135 136 attachments 10
200. k Enter a description of the task in the Subject field Set any of the following Priority Normal Status Not Completed Starts None Due None Occurs Once Reminder None Categories Sensitivity Normal Priority Specifies the priority level for this task Later you can arrange your tasks based on the importance of each task Status Indicates whether the task is now completed Starts Specifies when the task begins YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER O Due Specifies the due date for the task CHAPTER Occurs Indicates if the task repeats at regular intervals and how often it repeats Reminder Sets an alarm for this task and indicates when you want to be reminded Categories Assigns the task to one or more categories Sensitivity Marks this task as Normal Personal Private or Confidential Notes Enables you to enter additional text for the task 6 Press OK e Tip You can also add a task by selecting the Tasks entry bar at the top of the task list screen entering the task description and tapping anywhere outside of the entry bar Select the icons to the left of the bar to set the task as high or low priority tip You can display your tasks on your Today screen see Selecting which items appear on your Today screen TASKS O YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER 1 2 Checking off a task Highlight the task you want to check off Tasks E yy R
201. kbook you want to format Highlight the cells you want to format Press Menu gt right action key and select Format gt Cells Select any of the following tabs Size Sets the row height and column width Number Sets the type of information the cells contain Align Sets whether text wraps within the highlighted cells and sets horizontal and vertical alignment position Font Sets the typeface color size and style attributes Borders Turns borders on and off for various cell edges and sets the border and background colors Press OK a Tip To name the highlighted cell or range of cells press Menu and select Insert gt Define Name Enter the name and select Add Press OK Formatting rows and columns 1 2 CHAPTER Open the workbook you want to format Highlight the rows or columns you want to format Press Menu lt gt right action key and select Format gt Row or Format gt Column Select any of the following AutoFit Adjusts the size of the highlighted rows or columns to their contents Hide Hides the highlighted rows or columns Unhide Displays hidden rows or columns in the highlighted area DID YOU KNOW You can adjust the column and row size by tapping and dragging the right edge of the column or the bottom edge of the row To automatically fit rows and columns to their contents double tap the lower edge of the row heading or the right edge of the column heading
202. ke place automatically Set a SETTING UP WIRELESS SYNCHRONIZATION synchronization schedule to have sync take place either anytime info is updated on your smartphone or the server or at certain intervals 1 Press Start a and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync 3 Press Menu gt right action key and select Schedule ActiveSync Eo Y me Schedule Sync during Peak times As items arrive Off peak times As items arrive C use above settings when roaming M Sendjreceive when I click Send Adjust peak times to fit your schedule 4 Setany of the following options Peak times Sets the frequency for high traffic time periods such as when you are at work or when email volume is high Off peak times Sets the frequency for low traffic time periods such as late at night SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION O Use above settings when roaming Sets the frequency while you are roaming outside your wireless service provider s network You should keep this box checked to ensure that wireless sync works properly CHAPTER Send receive when I click Send Sets whether items are sent as soon as you select Send in the Inbox application or whether they are held until the next synchronization 5 Press OK 6 Initiating a wireless sync manually If you want to control exactly when a wireless sync takes place or if it is not OK to store your corporate email password on your smartphone you
203. ked to a contact or the contact doesn t have a picture the Picture Speed Dial option is not available Tip You can add a special ringtone to a contact associated with the speed dial button See Adding a contact 6 Optional Select the Advanced tab and set any of the following options Extra Digits Defines additional numbers to dial such as a password or YOUR PHONE O CHAPTER extension In addition to numbers you can enter the following symbols star and pound To enter a one second pause enter a comma Extra Digits 1 2 3 Comma pause 1 second Dial extra digits automatically Y Show voice mail buttons a 8 D gt DS 4 22 Jlaa Cancel Delete Dial extra digits automatically Dials predefined Extra Digits immediately after dialing the phone number If you do not check this box you must press Extra Digits gt left action key to dial these digits Show voice mail buttons Displays the voicemail playback controls after you dial this speed dial number When this option is checked you can enter numbers below each control to tailor the controls to your voicemail system ws Plays the previous message DEFINING SPEED DIAL BUTTONS O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Saves the current message B D Plays the current message t Deletes the current message 157 Repeats the current message 0 Plays the next message
204. l or multimedia Internet Explorer E Y amp Ey http www palm com directorie v Yellow Pages ee YellowPages com Canada411 White Pages es 555 1212 Canada411 1 Use the 5 way to highlight the phone number you want to dial in the web page or message 2 Press Center to open the Phone dialog box and then select Yes to dial Tip If you can t dial a phone number directly from a web page or a message highlight the number select Edit right action key and then select Copy Open the Dial Pad and then press and hold Center on the 5 way to paste Press Phone Send to dial OTHER WAYS OF MAKING CALLS O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Receiving calls To answer calls your phone must be on This is different from having only the screen turned on see Turning your phone DID YOU KNOW You can also ignore a call and send a text message Press Menu right action key and select Ignore with text message on When your phone is off your calls go to voicemail TIP See a picture of the person calling you Learn how to assign a caller ID picture in Adding a contact If music is playing when a call arrives the smartphone rings softly You can answer the phone as you normally would The audio pauses during your call To answer a call do one of the following e Press Phone Send e Press Answer c left action key e If the headset is attached press the headset button To
205. l private network A VPN enables you to log in to your corporate server through the company s firewall Security layer BEFORE YOU BEGIN Check with your company s system administrator to see if a VPN is required to access the corporate network If you need a VPN you must purchase and install a third party VPN client to use this feature 254 CONNECTION SETTINGS YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS O a W E z Ask your corporate system administrator Setting up a proxy server for the following information 1 Press Start and select Settings e Your username and password 2 Select the Connections tab and then e Your server s domain name select Connections Ho Your server s TCP IP settings 3 On the Tasks tab select Set up my proxy server 4 Check both boxes near the top of the e Your server s host name or IP address 1 Install your third party VPN client see screen Installing applications 5 Select Proxy server and enter the proxy 2 Press Start and select Settings SIME DINE 3 Select the Connections tab and then 6 Press OK l select Connections Ho 4 On the Tasks tab select Add a new VPN server connection tip To change settings such as the port number proxy server type or credentials select Advanced 5 Follow the onscreen instructions to enter the settings provided by your Ending a data connection corporate system administrator i If your service plan includes A minutes of use fees for
206. l provider such as AOL EarthLink or Yahoo If you are setting up the Inbox application to work with your corporate email account or you have a less common email provider see Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Other email providers BEFORE YOU BEGIN Ask your email provider or system administrator for your account username and password if you don t know them 1 Goto your Today screen Press E mail gt left action key Select New E mail Account A O N Enter the email address that you want to set up Check the box to have the setup process get your account settings from the Internet SETTING UP EMAIL Inbox a Y E mail Setup e E mail address myaccount example com Try to get e mail settings automatically from the Internet Privacy Statement Cancel 5 Press Next C right action key 6 If the setup process finds your account settings press Next gt right action key If the setup process does not find your account settings see Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Other email providers and continue with step 7 of that procedure 7 Enter your name and if you want change your account display name to something meaningful For example if this is your work email account you can change the display name to Work or your company s name YOUR EMAIL 5 Inbox E Ya E mail Setup Your name 15 User
207. lect Today amp Select the Items tab Selecting your Today screen background 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Today amp Settings Settings Today Select a theme for your device Guava Bubbles Indigo Windows Default Windows Mobile Green Today Checked items appear on the Today screen Windows Live Search Windows Live Speed Dial C1 canes Use this picture as the background Check the boxes next to the items you want to appear on your Today screen and uncheck any items that you do not 3 On the Appearance tab check the Use this picture as the background box 4 Select Browse want to appear 5 Select the picture you want to use 5 Optional Highlight an item and select 6 Press OK 6 Move Up or Move Down to change the order in which items appear on the tip To change the color theme for your Today screen smartphone select a new theme from the 6 Optional Highlight an item and select Appearance tab in Today Settings see Options if available to configure the Changing the system color scheme settings for the item Press OK to return to Today Settings TODAY SCREEN SETTINGS 233 O YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER 7 Press OK 0 DID YOU KNOW There are lots of third party plug ins available for your Today screen Changing the clock format You can change the format of the clo
208. lished limits that incorporate a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons using this equipment In order to certify this unit for sale in the US Canada and Europe this unit has been tested for RF exposure compliance at a qualified test laboratory and found to comply with the regulations regarding exposure to RF Energy SAR was measured with the unit transmitting at its maximum certified RF power Often however during normal operation the unit will transmit much less than maximum power Transmit power is controlled automatically and in general is reduced as you get closer to a cellular base station This reduction in transmit power will result in a lower RF energy exposure and resulting SAR value FCC RF Safety Statement In order to comply with FCC RF exposure safety guidelines users MUST use one of the following types of bodyworn accessories e A Palm brand body worn accessory that has been tested for SAR compliance and is intended for use with this product e An accessory that contains NO metal snaps clips etc and provides AT LEAST 1 5 cm of separation between the users body and the unit Do NOT use the device in a manner such that it is in direct contact with the body i e on the lap or in a breast pocket Such use will likely exceed FCC RF safety exposure limits See www fcc gov oet rfsafety for more information on RF exposure safety Responsible party North America Palm Inc 95
209. ll as copy calculation results to be pasted into another app Tip For more advanced calculations use Excel Mobile See Excel Mobile for details To add the displayed number to the number stored in memory tap MA or press P To display the number stored in memory tap un or press R To clear the memory tap uo or press L 230 CALCULATOR CHAPTER 12 Your personal settings Customizing is optional But why not personalize your Palm Treo 750 smartphone to make it match your lifestyle and work even harder for you You can easily customize the sounds fonts screen colors and more on your smartphone Take advantage of various levels of security Prevent making an accidental and expensive phone call by locking the keyboard Some preference settings can help extend the life of your battery There are lots of ways to make your smartphone work better for you Benefits e Conserve power e Make your screen easy to read e Secure your phone and your data e Streamline smartphone use In this chapter dC NS a 233 SVSISMMSOUNGESE TMG Sure ON 234 Display and appearance settings 0 00 eee 236 ApplicatonisetingS o a A ere a oa rere 238 Edie your AnS O o eo oro oa o e 243 SSI MSC NN 248 cometon sos aa a a a 254 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS O CHAPTER Today screen setti n gs Selecting which items appear on your Today screen 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab se
210. lls phone numbers device adjusting volume 13 57 advanced features 42 48 answering 40 45 customizing 55 63 dialing 12 34 38 39 49 disabling touch sensitive feature for 244 hanging up 13 43 network settings for 62 ringtones for 55 56 running applications and 43 selecting wireless band for 60 silencing ringer 40 specifications for 301 waking up screen for 43 phone calls See also phone phone numbers adding a second 45 blocking 58 ending 13 43 forwarding 47 hands free devices and 51 54 55 making 12 34 39 42 125 placing on hold 43 receiving 40 42 receiving notifications for 60 restricting 61 sending to voicemail 40 setting up conference 46 troubleshooting 269 283 INDEX 827 Phone dialog box 39 phone headset 50 52 See also headsets Phone icon 245 phone lock feature 243 phone numbers photo albums 158 photos See pictures pick lists accessing 22 exiting 23 highlighting in 18 23 See also phone phone calls assigning to speed dial buttons 48 copying 38 39 139 entering 12 34 37 39 entering extra digits with 49 locating device 13 scrolling through 18 selecting items in 20 23 Picsel PDF Viewer 209 picture files 121 151 picture formats 157 Picture Speed Dial button 49 picture speed dial buttons 36 48 pictures missing from Phone Settings screen 14 redialing most recent 38 saving 44 selecting 20 Phone Off message 33 289 Phone Settings
211. lls and messages to selected phone numbers included in your fixed dialing list After the service is activated you can call and send messages only to the phone numbers from the list The list is protected by a PIN2 code If you enter an incorrect PIN2 more times than allowed by your wireless service provider the SIM card locks After the SIM card locks you need the PUK2 pin unblocking key to unlock the SIM card Contact your wireless service provider for more information and your PIN2 and PUK2 CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on e Get your PIN2 from your wireless service provider 1 Goto your Today screen 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Preferences gt Phone Settings 3 Select the Services tab and then select Fixed Dialing 4 Check the Enable fixed dialing box Settings El Y BR Phone Fixed Dialing Enable fixed dialing Number patterns 0 40 5 Enter your PIN2 and press Done C left action key 6 Press Menu C right action key to add delete or edit the phone numbers in the list 7 Press OK Manually selecting your network settings IMPORTANT The network settings are preset for optimum performance Do not change these settings unless instructed to do so by a representative from your wireless service pr
212. low lighting conditions 24 lowercase letters 25 M magnet 6 magnification See zoom settings mail servers 254 278 ain tab 251 ake the device discoverable check box 142 ake this device discoverable setting 145 anage existing connections option 254 255 anage Folders command 101 anage tab 235 management tools 213 manually closing applications 29 MAPI clients 278 maps 279 margins 195 Match case box 193 208 Match whole words only check box 193 208 measurement units 237 media files creating playlists for 165 formats for 161 linking to 164 playing 162 synchronizing 162 transferring 161 164 troubleshooting 274 media libraries 164 Media Player 274 Media Player Mobile 161 167 media players 11 Media sync option 162 meeting invitations accepting declining 114 meeting requests 104 105 177 180 memory available 303 freeing 220 275 282 low conditions for 29 251 running apps and 28 226 storing numbers in 230 viewing expansion card 228 memory buttons 230 memory dial 297 Memory icon 228 memory options web 140 Memory screen 251 Memory Settings screen 29 322 INDEX Memory tab 140 memory usage 251 memos See messages notes menu items 21 Menu key 21 22 menus 20 22 Menus icon 238 Menus screen 238 Message Details command 125 message list 126 127 Message Options command 123 Message Options screen 123 Message Priority list 123 message status icons 127 Message tab
213. lowing e Ask your system administrator for the name of the directory service and the server and whether authentication is required for accessing an online address book e If your company is using Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 or Exchange Server 2007 you must first synchronize with the Exchange server to enable the Global Address List to find a contact 1 In the message list press Menu C right action key and select Tools gt Options 2 Select the Address tab 3 Select the address book you want to check for email addresses and then select Add Enter the name of the directory service 5 Enter the server name 6 If your server requires authentication check the box and enter your username and password YOUR EMAIL 5 7 Optional Check the Check name against this server box to enable this directory service 8 Select OK CHAPTER tip To delete a directory service highlight it press and hold Center on the 5 way and select Delete Using an online address book You can access contact information such as an email address or phone number from your organization s online address book or Global Address List GAL To access a GAL make sure you are accessing either Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 This feature is useful only if you know the exact name as it appears in the directory DID YOU KNOW You can use the Global Address List to
214. lso phone numbers entering 24 25 ormatting 199 203 pasting into Calculator 230 o Off Hold button 43 Office Outlook See Outlook Office Word documents See documents offline synchronization 273 Off peak times options 83 INDEX 628 OK button 5 29 One Column option 136 online address book 104 105 110 173 online support Palm 285 Open URL command 164 opening ActiveSync 76 alternate characters list 26 applications 28 226 238 attachments 102 calculator 229 Dial Pad 39 documents 192 email applications 279 File Explorer 216 items in folders 217 menus 20 22 multimedia messages 124 on device help 285 Outlook folders 273 PDF Viewer 191 Phone Settings screen 13 Quick Tour 285 templates 200 text messages 125 Today screen 12 29 web pages 135 137 139 Wireless Manager 34 operating system device 264 291 301 operating systems PCs 73 operational warnings 295 Option key 18 24 25 289 Option Lock icon 25 Option Lock mode 25 options displaying 178 highlighting 18 19 23 selecting 22 23 Options screen ActiveSync 86 Options screen Internet Explorer 140 Options screen messaging 103 108 1109 111 112 128 Options tab 233 242 247 organizer features 34 169 orientation screen 238 orientation slides 198 orientation options 238 Orientation tab 198 outages 268 Outbox 127 Outlook accessing folders for 273 copying addresses to 273 downloading messages from 101 103 email cl
215. martphone Dialing with a speed dial button Your smartphone enables you to create both picture and text speed dial buttons so that you can select a button on the Today screen to quickly dial a number BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Create some speed dial buttons See Defining speed dial buttons You can customize the default speed dial buttons See Editing a speed dial button CHAPTER MAKING CALLS FROM THE TODAY SCREEN Es O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER e Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on You can make a call using your speed dial buttons by doing any of the following e Highlight a speed dial button with the 5 way navigator and then press Center Start ly 4 21 Wireless Service Provider E ia Type a name or number E mail e Tap a speed dial button with the stylus e Press and hold the Quick Key that you assigned to the speed dial button e To dial an alternate number for a contact highlight the speed dial button and press and hold Center or tap and hold the button and then select a number from the shortcut menu To see more speed dial buttons highlight the picture speed dial area and press Right gt or Left 4 repeatedly or highlight the text speed dial area and press Up a Down Right gt or Left 4 Tip You can hide your speed dial buttons on your Today Screen and still use your Quick Keys to call a speed dial n
216. master device with up to seven active slave devices The network can include up to 255 inactive or parked slave devices which the master device can bring into active status at any time TERMS PIM personal information manager A genre of software that includes applications such as Microsoft Outlook Palm Desktop software Lotus Notes and ACT PIMs generally store contacts schedules tasks and memos PIN personal identification number The password assigned to your SIM card by your wireless service provider Turning on the PIN lock secures your wireless account See also PUK See Locking the SIM card PIN2 personal identification number 2 A code that protects certain network settings such as fixed dialing PUK PIN unlock key A special extended password assigned to your SIM card If you enter the wrong PIN more than the allowed number of times your SIM is blocked and you must call your wireless service provider for the PUK See Locking the SIM card Secure Sockets Layer SSL A security protocol that enables you to send personal information in a more secure manner over the Internet SIM Subscriber Identity Module card The smartcard inserted into your smartphone that contains your mobile account information such as your phone number and the services to which you subscribe You can also store addresses phone numbers and SMS messages on the SIM card See Inserting the SIM card and batter
217. meeting invitations If you accept or tentatively accept an invitation it shows up as an appointment in your Calendar Marking an event as sensitive If other people have access to your Microsoft Office Outlook calendar on your computer and you don t want them to see an appointment you can mark that appointment as private to hide it from other Microsoft Office Outlook users 1 Create an event and then select it 2 Press Edit gt left action key 3 Select Sensitivity and then select one of the following Personal Displays the event on your smartphone and on your computer Meeting attendees or recipients see Please treat this as Personal near the top of an open appointment Private Displays the event on your smartphone and on your computer Meeting attendees or recipients see Please treat this as Private near the top of an open appointment If you sync with an Exchange server other users who can access your folders can t see your private events they see private events as unavailable time slots Confidential Displays the event on your smartphone and on your computer Meeting attendees or recipients see Please treat this as Confidential near the top of an open appointment tip If you don t see an option on the screen press Down on the 5 way to scroll to other options For example when editing an event you don t see the Sensitivity option until you scroll toward the bottom of the entry
218. mputer look in CADocuments and Settings lt Username gt My Documents Treo My Documents You use Windows Media Player to synchronize music files see Transferring media files to your smartphone Synchronizing media files Windows Vista BEFORE YOU BEGIN You must install Windows Mobile Device Center from the Windows Getting Started Disc see Installing Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista and select the option to synchronize media see Changing which_ applications sync On a computer running Windows Vista you use Windows Media Player to synchronize all types of media files pictures videos and music files that are SYNCHRONIZING YOUR MEDIA FILES 51 O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER Transferring media files to your smartphone these steps 1 Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB sync cable 2 On your computer click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center 3 Select Connect without setting up your device Select Pictures Music and Video 5 Select X new pictures video clips are available for import All new or changed pictures and videos on your smartphone are synchronized to your computer on your computer to your smartphone See To synchronize pictures and videos from your smartphone to your computer follow Camera Your smartphone comes with an easy to use built in 1 3 megapixel camera with 2x digital zoom You can
219. n email account Creating a favorite Favorites let you bookmark a web page so that you can instantly access it without entering the web address BEFORE YOU BEGIN Create the folders where you want to store your favorites first After you create a favorite you can t move it to another folder see Organizing your favorites 1 Go to the page you want to mark as a favorite 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Add to Favorites BROWSING THE WEB 137 7 YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER Add Favorite El y BR Add Favorite Address URL http www microsoft com windowsmob Create in Mobile Favorites y 3 Optional Select Name and enter a different description 4 Optional Select Create in and then select the folder where you want to create the favorite 5 Select Add Tip To delete a favorite or folder press Menu and select Favorites Select the Add Delete tab highlight the item you want to delete and then select Delete Select Yes to confirm deletion and press OK Viewing a favorite 1 Press Start and select Internet Explorer 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Favorites 3 Select the page you want to view in the list Organizing your favorites You can create folders to organize your favorites For example you can store travel links in one folder stock links in another and business links in a third folder 1 6
220. n the Personal tab select Sounds amp Notifications A 3 On the Sounds tab set any of the following options Settings Elo Y BR Sounds amp Notifications Enable sounds for Events warnings system events Programs v Notifications alarms reminders O Screen taps C Hardware buttons Q O E Events Turns sounds on off for system warnings and error messages YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS O Programs Turns sounds on off in the applications on your smartphone CHAPTER Notifications Turns alarms and reminders on off in the applications on your smartphone Screen taps Turns sounds associated with tapping the screen on off and sets the volume level when this sound is turned on Hardware buttons Turns sounds associated with pressing buttons on off and sets the volume level when this sound is turned on tip To record preview delete and send sounds select the Manage tab To record a sound press Menu and select New Sound To play a sound select it and press Play left action key To delete a sound highlight it and press Backspace To send a sound highlight it press Menu and select Send Sound 4 Select the Notifications tab and set any of the following options SYSTEM SOUND SETTINGS 238 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER Settings El Y amp Sounds amp Notifications Play sound Vibrate when ringer switch off
221. nS A 28 USING WOU IGCEIV SOROEN ccccceevesteocveobruteteuaaueb ae 29 MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE P Center to highlight and Navigating around seen Press Genter E to highight an the screen TIP Some third party applications may not work with the 5 way navigator and you must To navigate around the smartphone screen use the stylus instead you can use the 5 way navigator or you can tap items on the screen with the stylus As you become familiar with your smartphone you ll find your own favorite way to scroll highlight and select items DID YOU KNOW Custom navigation features are available when you browse the web using Internet Explorer see Viewing a web page Tip The arrow icons that indicate directions on the 5 way are different from the onscreen Using the 5 way press Right gt Left 4 scroll arrows and the arrows that indicate that Up A or Down to move around the a list is available see Selecting options in a list Center Up amp Right gt CHAPTER NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN O MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE CHAPTER Scrolling through screens As on a computer on your smartphone you scroll to move from field to field or page to page or in some cases to highlight an item or option in a list There are several methods of scrolling Press the 5 way on the front of your smartphone Press Right gt Left 4 Up 4 or Down Y
222. names 291 338 INDEX V Validity Period list 123 vCal attachments 278 vCard attachments 122 278 Vibrate when check boxes 56 236 vibrating alarm 235 236 video albums 158 video file types 158 ideo files 121 151 274 Video Mode command 154 video options 166 video ringtones 152 159 Video tab 157 166 videos adding sounds 157 adding to messages 122 changing resolution 154 defaults for 157 downloading 161 limiting length 157 previewing 155 receiving 152 recording 154 155 saving 156 sending 158 setting resolution for 280 synchronizing 151 viewing 151 152 157 lt View By command 172 View command 136 174 View Recording Toolbar command 184 viewing alternate characters 26 animated images 161 applications on device 28 appointments 174 calendar 174 contacts 37 172 current connection 254 daily schedules 174 events 176 178 folder contents 216 memory usage 251 multimedia messages 126 notifications 56 236 on device help 285 PDF files 191 pictures 151 152 157 power settings 252 Quick Tour documentation 285 running applications 252 space on expansion cards 228 252 tasks 182 videos 151 152 157 web pages 135 136 wireless settings 253 virtual private networks See VPN connections voice captions 122 Voice Command button 240 241 Voice Command icon 264 Voice Command screen 240 Voice Command settings 240 264 voice commands 12 241 Voice mail option 56 voice notes 183 2
223. nbox E Ya E mail Setup Advanced Settings m Send receive when I click Send C Use automatic send receive schedule when roaming When deleting messages Delete them off the server bd E Cancel Send receive when click Send Specifies whether you can manually send and receive messages in addition to automatically downloading them Use automatic send receive schedule when roaming Specifies whether automatic downloading takes place when you are roaming This may result 12 WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES in higher connection charges than downloading while in your home network When deleting messages Specifies whether messages should be deleted from the mail server when you delete them on your smartphone or whether messages you delete on your smartphone should remain on the server Press Done gt left action key Press Next gt right action key Select either of the following Inbox El Y E mail Setup e Message format z Message download limit 2 KB X Previous es Finish Message format Select the format for sending and receiving messages If you select HTML messages sent to you as HTML are received with their formatting YOUR EMAIL 5 intact If you select Plain Text all messages are received as plain text CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW Messages sent to you as plain text are always received as plain text even if you select HTML Mes
224. nd the screen s touch sensitive feature to prevent accidental presses in your briefcase or pocket Auto Keyguard and touchscreen lockout Automatically enables Keyguard after a period of inactivity and lets you disable the screen s touch sensitive feature during an active call Phone Lock Requires a PIN to turn on your phone so you can make and answer calls LOCKING YOUR SMARTPHONE AND INFO O YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS System password lock Requires a password to see any information on your smartphone CHAPTER Tip To avoid accidentally pressing onscreen buttons while you re holding your smartphone up to your ear to speak you can disable the screen s touch sensitive feature during active calls When the screen s touch sensitive feature is disabled you must use the 5 way navigator to access items on the screen Locking your keyboard Keyguard By default your keyboard locks so that you don t accidentally press buttons or activate screen items while your smartphone is in a pocket or bag e To dismiss Keyguard press Center OD e To manually turn on Keyguard when your smartphone screen is on press Option Power End J Tip If you re using a headset or hands free device and your smartphone is in a pocket or bag you can manually turn on Keyguard during a call to prevent accidental key presses Turning on Auto Keyguard Auto Keyguard enables you to configure the Keyguard feature 1 2 4
225. ndby mode 154 155 Start button 5 28 Start menu 28 238 290 starting data connections 255 Excel Mobile 200 Internet Explorer Mobile 135 PowerPoint Mobile 197 Word Mobile 192 static electricity 299 status icons 64 127 stereo headphones 161 Still image compression level list 156 Still Mode command 153 Stop command 163 stopping playback 163 stopping synchronization 87 Storage Card folder 220 228 storage card symbol 217 Storage Card tab 228 252 storage cards See expansion cards storage space 251 275 Storage tab 110 storage temperatures 303 storing applications 282 attachments 103 111 device 6 document files 194 information 223 282 passwords 81 96 pictures 282 workbooks 208 streaming 290 Strikethrough option 195 stylus 7 submenus 22 Suggest words when entering text check box 242 support 285 Swap button 46 47 Symbol command 202 symbols 26 27 49 202 Sync button 84 sync cable 73 77 sync conflicts 81 sync schedules 274 277 INDEX 638 synchronization backing up information and 261 battery life and 11 benefits of 67 defaults for 70 defined 291 hard resets and 261 262 overview 69 preparing for 73 scheduling 82 83 setting options for 86 setting up 80 84 85 stopping 87 troubleshooting 260 270 276 278 synchronization software 71 2a 74 78 213 synchronizing addresses 273 dates and time 248 email 11 101 270 277 278 information 69 71 270 manually 83 media files
226. ne 13 43 hard resets 246 261 hardware 1 Hardware buttons check box 235 headers 192 headset button 51 headset jack 5 headsets configuring as trusted devices 142 connecting 50 52 disabling Keyguard and 244 hearing impaired 57 295 296 298 heat sources 12 help 257 285 Help topics 28 hiding appointments 178 events 178 images 136 speed dial buttons 36 Tasks entry bar 183 highlight 19 Highlight option 195 highlighting applications 28 items in folders 217 items on screen 18 19 20 menu items 21 22 options in lists 18 23 text 20 195 Hint tab 247 hints passwords 247 History command 139 164 History list 139 140 Hold button 43 home locations 248 Home page option 140 hypertext links See links icons application 28 239 battery status 10 INDEX Include file attachments infrared transmissions 85 check box 103 288 incorrect passwords 246 Input icon 241 Indentation setting 195 input options 24 241 indented lists 192 Input screen 241 242 indenting text 195 inserting expansion cards indicator light 5 10 224 225 information installation troubleshooting data connections 255 data services 266 email 127 events 180 message status 127 navigator 17 phone status 64 signal strength 33 253 Identification tab 247 Ignore with text message command 40 image file types 157 image files 121 151 282 images See also pictures dimmed 265 downloading 139 hiding web page 136 incorrect color settings
227. ne include the following e Notes written for slides e Rearrangement or editing of slides e Files created in PPT format earlier than Microsoft PowerPoint 97 e HTML files in HTM and MHT formats Playing a presentation NOTE f a presentation is set up as a timed slide show the slides advance automatically Presentations pause during zooming bk oON al Press Start and select Programs Select Office Mobile Bs Select PowerPoint Mobile 23 In the presentation list highlight the presentation you want to play Press Center Do any of the following Press Right gt to advance to the next slide or Left 4 to view the previous slide Press Menu gt right action key select Go to Slide and then select the slide you want to view CHAPTER Select Next or Previous to play animations Press Menu C right action key select Zoom In and then select to zoom in or 4 to zoom out To scroll within the current slide tap and drag the slide To return to the slide show select W Press Menu C right action key and select End Show POWERPOINT MOBILE D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Setting presentation playback options 1 Open the presentation for which you want to change the settings 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Set up show 3 On the Orientation tab select the orientation you want To select the orientation that best fits your smartphone scr
228. ned passkey If your hands free device has a predefined passkey you can find it in the documentation for that device Other devices provide a screen where you enter a passkey that you make up In either case you must use the same passkey on both your smartphone and your hands free device We recommend that you use a passkey of 16 digits where possible to improve the security of your smartphone Ac E 5 Wait for your smartphone to search for devices and to display the device list USING A PHONE HEADSET 53 O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER The longer the passkey the more difficult it is for the passkey to be deciphered DID You KNOW The Bluetooth icon on your Today screen indicates the status of the Bluetooth feature See The Bluetooth status icon for details 8 If the passkey is not predefined enter the same passkey on the other Bluetooth device and then press Finish E right action key 9 Check the Hands Free box and then press Finish gt right action key 10 Press OK 8 You can now communicate with this device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth feature on your smartphone is turned on The range varies greatly depending on environmental factors The maximum is about 9 meters 30 feet Using a Bluetooth hands free device To learn how to set up and connect to Bluetooth devices see Connecting to a Bluetooth hands free device Here are tips for working with a Bluetooth
229. need to set up an Exchange Server account Work with your system administrator to gather the following info and then follow the steps in this section to set up an account e Mail server address and domain name e The username and password you use to access your corporate mail server e Security connection Does your server use an encrypted SSL connection Tip If you installed ActiveSync desktop software on a Windows XP computer you may have already set up your smartphone to synchronize wirelessly with the server To check press Start select Programs and then select ActiveSync Press Menu right action key If Configure Server appears instead of Add Server Source wireless sync is already set up and you can skip this procedure 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Add Server Source 4 Enter the server address Check the This server requires an encrypted SETTING UP WIRELESS SYNCHRONIZATION SSL connection box if your server uses an encrypted connection ActiveSync E y Edit Server Settings 0 Server address Note This is the same as your Outlook Web Access server address This server requires an encrypted SSL connection Cancel 5 Press Next gt right action key 6 Enter the username and password you use to access your corporate mail server and enter the Exchange server domain ActiveSync a yy
230. ng 1 2 3 Press Start and select Programs Select ActiveSync Press Menu C right action key and select Options Select E mail and then select Settings Check the Include file attachments box Optional To automatically download attachments up to a certain size only YOUR EMAIL 5 check the Only if smaller than box and enter the maximum attachment size 7 Press OK 9 To automatically download attachments from an IMAP4 email account typically an ISP account or an account that you access using a VPN server connection typically a work account see Connecting to a VPN do the following 1 Goto your Today screen 2 Press E mail gt left action key 3 Do one of the following e If the account list is displayed press Menu lt gt right action key and select Options e f the message list for a specific account is displayed press Menu E right action key and select Tools gt Options 4 On the Accounts tab select the IMAP4 account name 5 Press Next C right action key until you reach Server information and then select Options 6 Press Next twice and then select either Get full copy of messages and CHAPTER SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES 5 YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER When getting full copy get attachments or Entire message depending on the option displayed DID YOU KNOW Embedded images and objects cannot be received as attachments unless you have an IMAP4 email acco
231. ng automatic redial and memory dial most smartphone models can store up to 99 numbers in memory dial Also work to memorize the smartphone keyboard so you can use the speed dial function without taking your attention off the road When available use a hands free device A number of hands free smartphone accessories are readily available today Whether you choose an installed mounted device for your smartphone or a speaker phone accessory take advantage of these devices if available to you Make sure you place your smartphone within easy reach and where you can grab it without removing your eyes from the road If you get an incoming call at an inconvenient time let your voicemail answer it for you Suspend conversations during hazardous driving conditions or situations Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving if necessary suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions Rain sleet snow and ice can be hazardous but so is heavy traffic As a driver your first responsibility is to pay attention to the road Do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving If you are reading an address book or business card while driving a car or writing a to do list then you are not watching where you are going It s common sense Don t get caught in a dangerous situation because you are reading or writing and not paying attention to the road or nearby vehicles Dial sensibly and assess the traffic
232. ng Inbox box is unchecked repeatedly press Left on the 5 way after you open the Inbox application to cycle through your accounts 5 Select the Message tab and set any of the following options When replying to e mail include body Keep copies of sent items in Sent folder Warn when deleting messages in the message list After deleting or moving a message Show next message pj E WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES 5 YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER When replying to e mail include body Indicates whether the body of a message you received appears in your response to that message Keep copies of sent items in Sent folder Indicates whether messages you send are stored in the Sent folder Warn when deleting messages in the message list Specifies whether a confirmation message appears when you delete one or more messages from the message list After deleting or moving a message Specifies what you want to see after you delete or move an email message you are reading the account Inbox or the next message Select the Address tab and set any of the following options In Contacts get e mail addresses from Indicates whether you want to check Contacts in addition to any directory services for email addresses D vo BR Options In Contacts get e mail addresses from All e mail fields Check names using these address books Add Address storage Che
233. ng by pressing Menu right action key and selecting Quality 7 Press OK to return to Thumbnail View YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O CHAPTER Pictures amp Videos Viewing a picture In addition to viewing the pictures you capture with the built in camera you can view pictures captured on many popular digital cameras or downloaded from the Internet Your smartphone supports the following picture formats e JPG e PNG e BMP e GIF 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Pictures amp Videos i 3 Select the picture you want to view 4 Press OK to return to Thumbnail View Viewing a video In addition to viewing the videos you capture with the built in camera you can view videos captured on many popular digital cameras or streamed from PICTURES 8 VIDEOS 157 O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER websites Your smartphone supports and streams the following types of video files e MPEG 4 e 3GPP2 e 3GPP e WMV WMA ASF e RTSP Streaming Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Pictures amp Videos 3 Select the video you want to view For more info on viewing videos see Playing media files on your smartphone 4 Press OK to return to Thumbnail View TIP To view pictures or videos in a different folder tap the Show list in the upper left and then select the album you want to view Viewing a slide show 1 Press Start and sele
234. ngs to change the synchronization settings for that type of information Settings are not available for all items tip To automatically download more of an incoming email message than the default setting select E mail in step 9 and select a higher number from the Download size limit list If you don t increase this setting you can manually download the rest of the message at your convenience 11 Press Finish gt right action key Synchronization with your Exchange server begins automatically A status bar appears onscreen indicating sync progress You can set a schedule for synchronization to take place anytime info is updated on either your smartphone or the server or at certain intervals see Setting the synchronization schedule or allow synchronization to take place only when you initiate it manually see Initiating a wireless sync manually Setting the synchronization schedule You can set a synchronization schedule in either of the following situations If you use Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 with Service Pack 2 By default wireless sync takes place anytime info is updated on either your smartphone or the server using Direct Push Technology To save battery life however you can set synchronization to take place at intervals that you specify If you use Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 that is not upgraded to Service Pack 2 By default wireless sync does not ta
235. nstalled reinstall it see Reinstalling the desktop software 2 Open Microsoft Office Outlook and correct the wrong entries 3 Manually enter any information you added to your smartphone since the last time you synchronized 4 Synchronize your phone and your computer My scheduled sync doesn t work By default a scheduled sync does not work while you are roaming This is to prevent roaming charges on your account If roaming charges are not a concern follow these steps to continue your sync schedule while roaming 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync O 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Schedule 4 Check the Use above setting when roaming box 5 Press OK 274 SYNCHRONIZATION An alert tells me that ActiveSync encountered a problem on the server There is a temporary problem with the server or the server may be temporarily overloaded Try again later and if the problem persists contact your system administrator An alert tells me that there is not enough free memory to sync my info The ActiveSync application on your smartphone ran out of storage space Try the following 1 Goto Memory Settings and close all running programs see Closing applications 2 If the problem persists see Making room on your smartphone for suggestions on other ways to free up space on your smartphone An alert tells me that ActiveSync encountered a problem with item typel
236. ntact Copy and Add Don t show this again Dismiss E e To create a new contact for this number select Create New Contact To add this number to an existing contact select Copy and Add and then select a contact name e To decline adding the number press Dismiss gt left action key e To disable the Add Contact prompt select Don t show this again Tip If you disable the Add Contact prompt you can turn it on again From your Today screen press Menu right action key and select Preferences gt Phone Settings On the Phone tab check the After calls from numbers that are not in Contacts ask if want to add them box Tip You can also save contact info from other applications such as Inbox WHAT CAN DO DURING A CALL Ifyou don t add a number right away follow these steps to add it later 1 Go to the Call Log see Redialing a recently called number 2 Highlight the number you want to save 3 Press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select Save to Contacts 4 Enter the information for the entry 5 Press OK 9 Making a second call You can make a second call while your first call is still active 1 Place your first call on hold by pressing Hold gt left action key 2 Dial a second number using any of the methods described in Making calls from the Today screen If you re dialing by contact name or with the keyboard you must first use the
237. nterference with your hearing aid while using your smartphone When using the speakerphone feature it is recommended that you place your smartphone at a safe distance from your ear Other Medical Devices If you use any other personal medical device consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if it is adequately shielded from external RF energy Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information Turn your smartphone OFF in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy Interference to Other Electronic Devices RF energy may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic operating and entertainment systems in motor vehicles Check with the manufacturer or representative to determine if these systems are adequately shielded from external RF energy Also check with the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to the vehicle Repetitive Motion Injuries When using the keyboard or playing games on your smartphone you may experience discomfort in your neck shoulders hands arms of other parts of the body To avoid any injury such as tendonitis carpal tunnel syndrome or other musculoskeletal disorder make sure to take necessary breaks from use take longer rests such as several hours if discomfort or tiring begins and see a doctor if discomf
238. o a secure web page the lock icon in the address line appears closed instead of open BROWSING THE WEB 188 7 YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER Internet Explorer Elo Y K le J http www microsoft com wind fa Windows Mobile powered devices offer a wide array of benefits from managing your e mail Press Menu C right action key select View and then select one of the following One Column Arranges web pages into one column that is as wide as the screen so that you don t have to scroll horizontally Fit To Screen Maintains a layout similar to what you see on a desktop computer but it makes items smaller and arranges the content so that you can see most of it without scrolling horizontally Desktop Keeps the same layout and size as on a desktop computer which requires both horizontal and vertical scrolling Full Screen Hides the status and navigation areas and fills the entire screen with the web page To exit full screen mode press gt right action key or tap and hold anywhere on the screen and uncheck Full Screen Show Pictures Shows or hides pictures on web pages Hiding pictures speeds up the time it takes to load pages Here are some tips on viewing web pages and moving around in them e To view the previous page press Back gt left action key or Backspace E To refresh the page with the latest content from the Internet press Menu g
239. ollow the activation steps provided by your wireless service provider or contact your wireless service provider directly for assistance If you plan to use email and web browsing you need a data service plan from your wireless service provider in addition to your service contract You may also need a data service plan to send and receive multimedia messages Tip You can buy an extra battery as a spare for long airplane trips or periods of heavy data use To ensure proper functioning and avoid voiding the warranty be sure to use batteries from Palm only Visit www palm com SETTING UP Charging the battery Although the battery may come with a sufficient charge to complete the setup process we recommend that after setup you charge your smartphone for three hours or until the indicator light is solid green to give it a full charge See Maximizing battery life for tips on making your battery s power last longer BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure the battery is inserted in your smartphone before you charge If you connect your smartphone to a power source without the battery inserted nothing happens 1 Ifyou have international adapters in your smartphone package prepare the AC charger by inserting the adapter that fits the wall outlet you re going to use 2 Plug the AC charger into a wall outlet 3 With the arrow on the connector facing up toward your smartphone screen connect the charger cable to the bottom of
240. om the slot CHAPTER USING EXPANSION CARDS 225 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS Opening applications on an expansion card CHAPTER Show list File Explorer ys amp After you insert an expansion card into the expansion card slot you can open any of the applications stored on the expansion card TIP To run an application on an expansion card your smartphone must have enough free space in the internal memory to run the application 1 Insert the expansion card into the 5 Select the application you want to open expansion card slot 2 Press Start and select Programs You can save space on your smartphone by ele File Explorer u saving files to an expansion card For Tap the Show list in the upper left and example when you create new Word select Storage Card Mobile documents notes Excel Mobile workbooks pictures videos and audio files you can save them directly to an expansion card Saving files to an expansion card also makes it easy to share those files with others Some applications may not support this feature Saving files to an expansion card USING EXPANSION CARDS YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS D a Ww z 1 Insert an expansion card into the 4 Press Menu C right action key z expansion card slot and select Rename Move 2 Open the application from which you 5 Select the Location list and then select want to save the info where you want to m
241. on DID YOU KNOW You can open apps by pressing and holding Option and then pressing Phone Send Start or OK You can change which app a button combination opens see Reassigning buttons 3 Press Center G to open the highlighted application 4 Optional Press OK to return to Programs and open another application The current application continues to run in the background Closing applications You can have several applications open at once so you don t need to exit an application to open another one In most cases applications close automatically OPENING AND CLOSING APPLICATIONS MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE O when available memory is low but you can also close applications manually NOTE If you press OK to leave an application the current application continues to run in the background Manually closing applications helps conserve battery power and frees up memory 1 Press and hold OK to open Memory Settings 2 On the Running Programs tab do one of the following Settings El Y pk Memory Running Programs List Inbox E ActiveSync Calendar C Contacts Activate Stop Main Storage Card Running Programs Find large files using storage memory e Select the application you want to close and then select Stop to close it e Select Stop All to close all your open applications CHAPTER Using your loda
242. on key To get the most out of your smartphone it s a good idea to familiarize yourself with the additional features available through the menu in various applications 1 Press Menu C right action key to display an application s menu command Right action key T O New Appointment Beam Appointment Team meetin 1 00p 2 00p Delete Appointment Reply Go to Today A Goto Date Edit Tools View Filter 2 Press Up A or Down Y to highlight a menu item NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN 21 O MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE CHAPTER 3 If an arrow appears next to a menu item press Center or Right gt to display additional options for that item and then press Up a or Down to highlight a menu item To return to the main menu without making a selection press Left 4 4 Press Center to select the menu item or press Left 4 or Menu C right action key to close the menu and cancel your selection DID YOU KNOW You can select most menu items by pressing a key on the keyboard To quickly access a menu item press Menu right action key followed by the underlined letter in the menu item s name Selecting options in a shortcut menu Most applications also provide access to context sensitive shortcut menus similar to the right click menus on a computer The shortcut menu options vary based on the highlighted selection 1 Highlight the item
243. one keyboard and 5 way navigator in mind You may encounter strange behavior or errors in these applications if you use the keyboard and the 5 way navigator Making room on your smartphone If you store a large amount of information or install many third party applications the internal memory on your smartphone may fill up Here are some common ways to clear space on your smartphone e Camera Large images or videos take up a lot of memory Move images to an expansion card or delete images from your smartphone see Pictures amp Videos e Messaging Multimedia content and email attachments can consume excessive memory Move multimedia content and attachments to an expansion card or delete large files from your smartphone see Deleting messages and Deleting a single message You may also want to empty the deleted items folder e Internet If you save links to pages you ve visited in Internet Explorer Mobile you may want to clear all recent pages see Customizing your Internet Explorer Mobile settings e Third party applications You can delete infrequently used applications or move them to an expansion card see Copying or moving applications and files between your smartphone and an expansion card Also remember that your smartphone includes an expansion card slot and that you can store applications and information on expansion cards However you still need free memory on the smartphone itsel
244. one of the conditions listed above Your phone is on The bars display the signal strength The stronger the signal the more bars that appear If you are outside a coverage area no bars appear Your phone is off Y sal Po E ty m The SIM card is locked You need to enter a PIN or a PUK to unlock the SIM card see Locking the SIM cara A voice call is in progress TTY TDD is turned on All calls are being forwarded You are in a roaming coverage area Additional fees may apply for calls or data transmission Your phone is connected to a UMTS 3G or HSDPA network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make or receive calls Your phone is on and a 3G UMTS data connection is active You can make and receive calls and transmit data simultaneously 64 WHAT ARE ALL THOSE ICONS Z Your phone is connected to a HSDPA UMTS network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make or receive calls NOTE In most cases when your phone is connected to a UMTS network either 3G or HSDPA but you are not actively transmitting data the 3G icon appears The H icon may appear when your phone is connected to a HSDPA UMTS network but you are not actively transmitting data Your phone is on and an HSDPA UMTS data connection is active You can make and receive calls and transmit data simultaneously Your phone is connected to an EDGE network but you are not
245. ons 186 NOTES Your Microsoft Office and other document tools Your Palm Treo 750 smartphone enables you to take your office with you including your Microsoft Office files With Microsoft Office you can carry create view and edit Microsoft Word and Excel files directly on your smartphone You can also view carry and manage PowerPoint files on your smartphone You can keep updated copies of the files on both your smartphone and your computer so that you can work on them in the most convenient location at any time You can also use PDF Viewer to view PDF files on your smartphone Benefits e Manage Word Excel and e Improve productivity by taking PowerPoint files on your important docs spreadsheets and smartphone presentations with you e Work with PDF files Bes CHAPTER 10 In this chapter SYMCHHOMIZINGWOUr MICIos otitis O 189 AO O O NE 181 ROWESTRO MEMOS a n A A nr nto o 197 EXCMO A CA a Ae 188 RD Ee ViGW Glave nek aire eet ewe Rant tee canons Rh rene aes Ri ee RO iO 209 YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 10 Synchronizing your Microsoft Office files You can create and edit Microsoft Office files on your computer or on your smartphone and then synchronize the files so that changes you make show up on both your computer and your smartphone To synchronize Microsoft Office files you must first choose Files as one of your synchronization options on your smartphone if
246. onscreen keyboard to enter text APPLICATION SETTINGS 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER e Letter Recognizer Write individual letters numbers and punctuation which are converted into typed text Large Small keys If you selected Keyboard select whether to use large specify how many letters you want to enter before a suggestion appears how many suggestions you want to see and whether a space appears after you insert a Suggested word or small onscreen keys If you select Large keys check the box if you want to Tip To enter a suggested word press Down use gestures for the space backspace to highlight the suggestion and then press shift and enter keys Center to accept it Options If you selected Letter Recognizer select Options and select the options you want Clear Stored Entries Deletes the database of word suggestions Enable Auto Correct Indicates whether common misspellings such as teh are corrected automatically 4 Select the Word Completion tab and set any of the following options g Ts 6 5 Select the Options tab and set any of mee the following options M Suggest words when entering text Suggest after entering a space v El Suggest word s v Add a space after word Clear Stored Entries V Enable Auto Correct Input Voice recording Format 44 100 Hz 16 Bit Mono 86 KB s y Default zoom level for
247. ore you select this command To unlock the rows or columns select View gt Unfreeze Panes CHAPTER Toolbar Indicates whether the toolbar appears onscreen Status Bar Indicates whether the status bar appears onscreen Show Indicates whether headings and scroll bars appear onscreen Tip To jump to a cell or region press Menu and select Edit gt Go To Select Cell reference or name and enter the target cell info or select Current region Select OK Calculating a sum 1 Press View lt left action key and select Toolbar Highlight the cell where you want to insert the sum Select E EXCEL MOBILE D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 4 Tap and drag the stylus across the cells you want to add 5 Press Enter 4 Tip For simple calculations use the Calculator see Calculator Entering a formula 1 Highlight the cell where you want to enter the formula 2 Enter equals sign followed by any values cell references name references operators and functions Examples e B4 25 100 e Revenue Expenses 3 Press Enter Tip To insert a symbol place the cursor where you want the symbol Press Menu and select Insert gt Symbol Highlight the symbol you want to insert and select Insert Referring to a cell or range in a formula 1 Open the workbook where you want to refer to a cell or range in a formula 2 Begin entering a fo
248. ort persists Blackouts and Seizures Blinking lights such as those experienced with television or playing video games may cause some people to experience blackout or seizure even if never experienced before In the event a smartphone user should experience any disorientation loss of awareness convulsion eye or muscle twitching or other involuntary movements stop use immediately and consult a doctor Individuals with personal or family history of such events should consult a doctor before using the device To limit the possibility of such symptoms wherever possible every hour take a minimum of 15 minutes use in a well lighted area view the screen from the farthest distance and avoid exposure to blinking lights if you are tired Aircraft While in aircraft follow all instructions regarding the operation of your smartphone Use of your smartphone while on board on aircraft must be done in accordance in compliance with airline instructions and regulations Vehicles with Air Bags Your smartphone should not be placed in a position that would affect the operation of air bag deployment or in a position that should the air bag inflate could propel the smartphone Air bags will inflate with great force and care should be taken to protect within a vehicle that has air bags Battery Your smartphone includes an internal lithium ion battery Please note that use of certain data applications can result in heavy battery use and may require frequent
249. osoft Office Outlook for Windows If you use a different PIM you need to instal third party software to synchronize For more information consult the company that makes the PIM Open the desktop sync software on your computer and make sure the Files synchronization option is selected see Changing which applications sync Uninstall the desktop sync software reboot your computer insert the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD which came with your smartphone and SYNCHRONIZATION 273 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER then repeat the installation process see Reinstalling the desktop software Synchronization starts but doesn t finish Make sure that you installed the desktop software that came with your smartphone If you re not sure whether this software is installed reinstall it see Reinstalling the desktop software My video and music files won t sync 1 Make sure you have Windows Media Player 10 or later installed on your computer 2 Reinstall the desktop sync software from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD which came with your smartphone see Reinstalling the desktop software Media file synchronization fails if you installed the desktop sync software before you installed Windows Media Player My appointments show up in the wrong time slot after sync 1 Make sure that you installed the desktop sync software that came with your smartphone If you re not sure whether this software is i
250. ou can t find a media file on your expansion card update the library see Working with libraries TIP To play a file that is not in a library go to the Library screen press Menu and select Open File 5 6 Select the item you want to play such as a song album or artist name Press Play gt left action key See the next page for playback controls Press Menu C right action key and select any of the following during playback Library Displays the Library screen so you can select a different song to play Shuffle Repeat gt Shuffle Plays the Now Playing playlist in random order A check appears next to this command when it is on Tip To repeat the current song press Menu and select Repeat Song YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O Shuffle Repeat gt Repeat Plays the Now Playing playlist repeatedly A check appears next to this command when it is on Stop Ends playback Use any of the following onscreen controls during playback gt or Center plays the current file ll or Center O pauses the current file 4 or Left 4 skips to the beginning of the current file or to the previous file or Right gt skips to the next file o sets the point from which playback begins Tap and drag the slider to change the current position or Volume button increases the volume level or Volume button decreases the volume level turns the sound on or off displays a
251. ound command 122 Add to Contacts command 126 Add to Favorites command 137 Add to Personal Address Book command 273 adding a second call 45 applications 238 appointments 175 177 attachments to email 100 115 217 bookmarks 137 bulleted or numbered lists 195 caller ID pictures 172 connections 254 255 contacts 44 58 171 document templates 193 expansion cards 224 files to playlists 165 folders 196 notes 172 183 184 online address book 104 105 passkeys 144 signatures 108 129 speed dial buttons 48 spreadsheets 198 tasks 181 untimed events 176 177 address book 104 105 110 173 220 Address List Lookup 215 address messaging options 110 Address tab 105 110 addresses adding 171 checking for 110 copying 273 entering email 100 110 entering web 30 135 looking up corporate 215 multiple recipients and 100 120 selecting 20 279 synchronizing 273 adjusting screen brightness 236 Advanced tab Power Settings 252 advancing slides 197 198 After calls from numbers option 58 Agenda View calendar 174 alarm clock 249 alarm sounds 250 alarms adding 176 181 setting 236 249 turning on and off 235 Alarms tab 249 albums 158 alert tones See alarms ringtones aligning the screen 237 alignment settings documents 195 spreadsheets 198 Allow cookies check box 140 Allow USB connections check box 271 Alt key 24 287 alternate characters 26 27 alternate characters list 26 27 AMR files 120
252. our body is automatically passed to the device Then when the device is connected to another device such as a docking station a discharge event can occur Precautions against ESD Make sure to discharge any built up static electricity from yourself and your electronic devices before touching an electronic device or connecting one device to another The recommendation from Palm is that you take this precaution before connecting your Palm device to your computer placing the device in a cradle or connecting it to any other device You can do this in many ways including the following e Ground yourself when you re holding your device by simultaneously touching a metal surface that is at earth ground For example if your computer has a metal case and is plugged into a standard three prong grounded outlet touching the case should discharge the ESD on your body e Increase the relative humidity of your environment e Install ESD specific prevention items such as grounding mats Conditions that enhance ESD occurrences Conditions that can contribute to the buildup of static electricity in the environment include the following e Low relative humidity Material type The type of material gathering the charge For example synthetics are more prone to static buildup than natural fibers like cotton e The rapidity with which you touch connect or disconnect electronic devices While you should always take appropriate precautions to d
253. ove the info 3 Press Menu C right action key Storage Card or Main Memory and select Options 6 Press OK e 4 Select the option for where to save info ee g and then select Storage Card The Copying or moving applications and files between your smartphone and an option name changes depending on the expansion card application you are in 1 Insert the expansion card into the Tip If you don t see a Save to option on the expansion card slot Options screen look on the other tabs if 2 Pr ess Start and select Programs present If you still can t find a Save to list the 9 application may not support this feature 3 Select File Explorer a 4 Select the file or application you want to 5 Press OK 6 copy or move see Exploring files and folders Moving info between your smartphone and an expansion card tip Your applications are usually located in the My Device Program Files folder 1 Insert an expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Open the application from which you want to move the info 5 Press Menu C right action key and select Edit gt Copy or Edit gt Cut 6 Go to the folder where you want to 3 Go to the list view tap the Show list in place the selected item the upper left and select the file or application you want to move USING EXPANSION CARDS 227 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 7 Press Menu C right action key and select Edit gt Paste
254. ovider The network settings options vary according to your wireless service provider BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on Go to your Today screen 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Preferences gt Phone Settings 3 Select the Network tab CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS YOUR PHONE O 5 To change your preferred network select Set Networks check the box NE next to the networks you want and then select your order of preference Preformed Networks 6 From the Network Selection list select Set Networks poe an option Automatic The network connection is automatically made CHAPTER Settings Phone 14085555841 Network Selection Manual Network connections are manually made If you are manually selecting a network select a network from the list of available networks 7 Press OK o 4 To switch to another network select Find Network and select an available network CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER What are all those icons You can monitor the status of several items using icons at the top of your Today screen o of HEEE Yx You missed an incoming call You have a voicemail message You have a new email message You have a new text or multimedia message No SIM card is inserted or software is unable to recognize the SIM You have more than
255. press press press a aaaaaae n A x or X xa A AAAAA E N y yy borB B o 606606 Y YY c O O O000EO jlo E C O porP q 1 Y Y e rorR 2 E E EEEE s BS 3 2 forF if S BS i i iit torT TM fii u Option aE 7 KG lorL U UUUU Option N 2 Press Alt by itself to select these characters 58 E E GS lt gt O Gy USING THE KEYBOARD 27 O MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE CHAPTER Opening and closing applications Opening applications You can access all the applications on your smartphone through the Start menu 1 2 Press Start to open the Start menu Use the 5 way navigator to highlight the application you want to use To view additional applications select Programs ek Today E Calendar FE Contacts Inbox Programs la 3 Games Office Mobile a uy Internet Explorer F Messaging FA Pictures amp Videos Calculator Camera B Internet Messenger E Programs 6 settings gt Help Tip With the Start menu open press the letter underlined in the application s name to open the app For example press H to open Help Or select the shortcut icons at the top of the Start menu to open recently used applications In Programs press a letter to jump to the first app that begins with that letter For example press C to jump to Calculator Press C again to jump to Camera and so
256. r 3 Highlight the contact you want Press Menu gt right action key and select the option you want to edit the contact s information delete the contact copy it to the Contacts application and more 5 Press OK Calendar Tip If a contact has more than one phone number you can automatically copy one or more of the numbers to the SIM card In SIM Manager press Menu right action key and select Tools gt Options Check the boxes next to the numbers you want automatically copied to the SIM card Displaying your calendar 1 2 3 Press Start Lan and select Calendar Press Menu gt right action key and select View Select one of the following views Agenda Shows your daily schedule in list format Upcoming appointments are bold past appointments are dimmed Day Shows your daily schedule in day planner format Day View displays a horizontal time strip at the top to show at a glance when you have appointments Week Shows your schedule for an entire week DID YOU KNOW If your schedule contains a conflict two appointments that overlap you can see the conflict in both Day View and Week View 174 CALENDAR Month Shows your schedule for a whole month F A morning appointment 4 An afternoon appointment M Both morning and evening appointments O An all day event Year Shows a calendar for a six month period TIP To switch views press the left action key Don
257. r battery El Y Power Main battery Lilon Battery power remaining E Battery Advanced TIP An easy way to check the battery level is by tapping the Battery icon in the title bar 3 Press OK 8 Optimizing power settings 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Power i Select the Advanced tab and set whether your smartphone screen turns off automatically after a specified period of inactivity You can assign different intervals for battery power and external power 252 SYSTEM SETTINGS Power On battery power y Turn off device if not minute used for On external power Turn off device if not VI ised For iminute Battery Advanced 5 Press OK 9 Tip To conserve additional battery power adjust the display backlight setting Press Start and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Backlight On the Battery Power tab set whether the display backlight turns off automatically after a period of inactivity Turning wireless services on off 1 From the Today screen press Menu gt right action key and select Wireless Manager YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS O CHAPTER Wireless Manager ly Yj qui BE 2 Turn the wireless features on your smartphone on off Select All to turn all wireless features on off tip To change the settings for one of the displayed
258. r contents are now A3 and A4 The highlighted area and all cells below it move the same number of rows two in this example down Entire row Inserts the same number of new rows as the number of cells you highlighted vertically in step 2 for example if you selected an area containing two cells vertically say A1 and A2 selecting Entire row inserts two rows so the original rows 1 and 2 and their contents are now rows 3 and 4 The rows containing the highlighted area and all rows beneath it move the same number of rows two in this example down Entire column Inserts the same number of new columns as the number of cells you highlighted horizontally in step 2 for example if you selected an area containing two cells horizontally say A1 and B1 selecting Entire column inserts two columns so the original columns A and B and their contents are now columns C and D The columns containing the highlighted area and all columns on the right move the same number of columns two in this example to the right 5 Select OK Tip To add a new worksheet press Menu and select Format gt Modify Sheets Select Insert enter a name for the worksheet and then press OK To change the order of the worksheets highlight a worksheet you want to move select Move Up or Move Down and then press OK 204 EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 10 Formatting cells 1 2 3 Open the wor
259. r general preferences for that message only 1 On the message compose screen press Menu gt right action key 2 Select Message Options 3 Select any of the following options Request Delivery Receipt O Request Read Receipt Validity Period Maximum h Message Priority Normal X Cancel Request Delivery Read Receipt multimedia messages only Indicates whether you want to receive confirmation that the message has been delivered or has been read Validity Period Indicates how long the message remains available to be sent if the recipient s phone or email address is not available when you originally send the message For example if a message contains information that will not be useful to the recipient after an hour you can set the validity for one hour Message Priority multimedia messages only Indicates the priority for this message USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION 123 O YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER 4 Press OK e Receiving text and multimedia messages When your phone is on and you are in a wireless coverage area you automatically receive new text messages For multimedia messages you can set your smartphone to automatically download new messages or to notify you that messages are ready to download You can also set your smartphone to notify you when a new text or multimedia message arrives DID YOU KNOW Message notifications include the message
260. r in Week View Show half hour slots Specifies whether time slots appear in hour or CALENDAR O YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER half hour increments in Day View and Week View Show week numbers Specifies whether week numbers 1 52 appear in Week View Select the Appointments tab and set any of the following options Calendar El y BR Set reminders for new items 15 minute s X Show icons ale Ala Send meeting requests via Outlook E mail y Set reminders for new items Specifies whether a reminder is automatically added to new events and how long before the event the reminder appears You can override this setting for individual events Show icons Specifies which icons appear next to events amp The event has a reminder The event repeats in a specified pattern The event has a note attached A location has been assigned to the event amp The event is a meeting 2 The event is marked private TIP Not all icons appear in all Calendar views Send meeting requests via Specifies the email account used to send meeting requests 4 Press OK e Tasks You can use Tasks to remind you of tasks you need to complete and to keep a record of completed tasks TASKS Adding a task 1 2 3 Press Start B and select Programs Select Tasks 7 Press Menu gt right action key and select New Tas
261. r is affected by your next action Use the Lunch with Greg with slider 5 way to move the highlight from one item a to another before opening or selecting it Team meeting 4 1 00p 2 00p Da ES e Tip The best way to learn to use the 5 way is to experiment Press the 5 way buttons and as you do follow the movement of the border around the screen The behavior of the 5 way e Tap and drag the slider of an onscreen varies slightly in each application scroll bar Scroll arrows The highlight can take one of two forms Closing screens depending on what is highlighted To accept the information you entered on a screen and to return to the previous screen or to return to the previous screen without making any changes do one of the following e Border This rectangular border highlights items such as an onscreen button such as OK Dismiss or Hide a check box an option or a web link e Press OK i Contacts El tl in i Name J Vasquez Y e Use the stylus to tap EN or El in the Pesne Berane upperright corner of the screen These Company IT Manager NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN O MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE CHAPTER Light text on a dark background This highlights items such as a phone number an email address text or an item in a list Help Excel Mobile Outlook E mail ActiveSync After highlighting an item with the 5 way you can select or activate it by pr
262. re on a computer at work make contacts calendar events and tasks directly sure your company allows you to install with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 new software Contact your company s If you choose this option you are prompted to IT department for help enter your mail server address and domain name and your Exchange server account 1 Close any applications that are currently username and password running on your computer including DID YOU KNOW You can also install additional software from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD see Installing bonus software from the CD those running in the background Your computer must have all its resources available to install the software a SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION Installing Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista Ifyou have a Windows Vista computer the desktop sync software is called Windows Mobile Device Center The Windows Mobile Getting Started CD recognizes that you have a Windows Vista computer and automatically directs you to install Windows Mobile Device Center On your smartphone the sync application is called ActiveSync BEFORE YOU BEGIN If you are installing the software on a computer at work make sure your company allows you to install new software for example that you have Administrator privileges Contact your company s IT department for help 1 Close any applications that are currently running on your computer
263. reserves your data and settings if your smartphone is ever lost or stolen and it protects your data during a hard reset Setting up wireless synchronization Does your company use Microsoft Outlook as its email solution Does your company also use Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 as its email server If so you may be able to wirelessly synchronize the email and other Outlook info on your smartphone and the same info stored on the Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync SETTING UP WIRELESS SYNCHRONIZATION O SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER If you are using Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 that has been upgraded to Service Pack 2 you may be able to take advantage of the additional features of Direct Push Technology Direct Push Technology is a two way wireless delivery method that keeps your Outlook information always up to date and provides more efficient communication between the server and your smartphone It includes features like Global Address List Tasks Over The Air OTA and IP based push updating of Calendar Messaging and Inbox email DID YOU KNOW Because your desktop copy of Outlook also syncs with the server whatever is synchronized to the server from your smartphone also shows up in Outlook and whatever you enter or change in Outlook on your computer syncs to the server and then shows up on your smartphone BEFORE YOU BEGIN To synchronize wirelessly you
264. ress Center e In zoom mode to zoom in and out while viewing the PDF file press Up A or Down V e In pan mode to pan the display in a given direction press Right gt Left 4 Up a or Down Y tip To see which mode you are in press Show Mode left action key to display the mode icon Press Hide Mode left action key to hide the mode icon e To rotate the displayed page press Menu gt right action key and select Page gt Rotate TIP Select the Name Folder or Date column heading to sort the displayed files by that heading This can help you find the file you want more quickly TIP To close the Open screen without making a selection select Cancel TIP To open a file you have recently opened open PDF Viewer press Menu right action key and then select Recent gt the name of the file you want PDF VIEWER YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 10 Moving around in PDF files To move around within a PDF file do either of the following To go to the next or previous page in the file press Menu gt right action key and select Page gt Next Page or Page gt Previous Page To go to the first or last page in the file press Menu lt gt right action key and select Page gt First page or Page gt Last page Customizing the display You can choose between two views for displaying PDF files You can also hide the toolbar to view the file on the full screen
265. rly to work with your smartphone Incorrect server setup can cause excessive drain on your battery For more tips on conversing battery life see Maximizing battery life 264 PERFORMANCE Screen The screen appears blank 1 If you re on a call when the time period specified in Backlight Settings expires the screen dims one minute later the screen automatically turns off Press any key except Power End to wake up the screen Pressing Power End hangs up the call 2 Look closely at the screen If you can see a dim image try adjusting the screen brightness see Adjusting the brightness 3 If that doesn t work perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset 4 If that doesn t work connect your smartphone to the AC charger see Charging the battery and perform a soft reset again 5 If that doesn t work perform a hard reset see Performing a hard reset tip If you are using a third party application make sure that the application supports 240x240 screen resolution TROUBLESHOOTING 13 The screen doesn t respond accurately to taps or activates wrong features 1 Make sure there is no debris trapped under the edges of the screen 2 Press Start and select Settings 3 Select the System tab and then select Screen 4 On the General tab select Align Screen 5 Tap the screen where indicated 6 Press OK e Network connection Signal strength is weak 1 If you re
266. rmula in a cell 3 Select the cell or select an entire range to set the reference 4 Finish entering the formula and press OK 2 TIP To refer to a cell from another worksheet in your formula enter the worksheet name followed by an exclamation point and the cell range or name reference Example Sheet1 Earnings Tip To create a 3 D reference in your formula specify two or more sheets in a workbook use a colon between the first and last worksheet names Example SUM Sheet2 Sheet6 A 2 C 5 Inserting a function 1 Open the workbook where you want to insert the function 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Insert gt Function EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 10 Excel Mobile E y Insert Function Category a gt EX Function ABS number y Returns the absolute value of a number 3 Select the Category list and then select the type of function you want to insert 4 Select the Function list and then select the specific function you want to insert 5 Select OK Entering a sequence automatically 1 Highlight both the cells containing the info you want to automate and the adjacent destination cells 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Edit gt Fill 3 Select the Direction list and then select the direction you want to populate 4 Select the Fill type list and then select Series CHAPTER 5 Select the Seri
267. rned off completely during non peak times see Setting the synchronization schedule CHARGING THE BATTERY 1 O SETTING UP CHAPTER e Turn off the Bluetooth feature when you Making your first call do not need to make a Bluetooth connection see Entering basic Bluetooth settings e Turn the voice command feature off A a see Setting up voice commanas e As with any mobile phone if you are in A an area with no wireless coverage your smartphone searches for a signal which consumes power If you cannot move to Search an area of better coverage temporarily Start El Yj 4 10 turn off your phone see Turning your Bius phone off e Turn down the screen brightness see 1 Press Phone Send to display your Adjusting the brightness Today screen e Set your screen to turn off automatically after a shorter period of inactivity see mp Youlcan also press Power End to display Optimizing power settings your Today screen unless you are on a call If you re on a call pressing Power End hangs up e Turn off the option to receive beamed ec information see Beaming an entry or file 2 If prompted press Center O to turn e Keep your battery away from direct off Keyguard see Locking your sunlight and other sources of heat keyboard Keyquard for more info Temperatures over 50 degrees Celsius 120 degrees Fahrenheit can permanently reduce the capacity and life span of any lithium ion ba
268. rograms gt Windows Mobile Device Center Select Connect without setting up your device and then select Connection settings Check the Allow connections for one of the following box and then select Bluetooth On your smartphone press Start a and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth B 84 OTHER WAYS TO SYNCHRONIZE 5 Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box 6 Press Start E and select Programs 7 Select ActiveSync 8 Press Menu C right action key and select Connect via Bluetooth 9 If this is the first time you re making a Bluetooth connection to this computer follow the onscreen prompts to set up a Bluetooth partnership with this computer See Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology for more information on partnerships 10 Select Sync 11 When synchronization has finished press Menu gt right action key and select Disconnect Bluetooth Synchronizing over an infrared connection If your computer has an IR infrared port you can synchronize with your computer wirelessly using the IR port on your smartphone BEFORE YOU BEGIN 6 SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION O CHAPTER Make sure your computer is equipped with an IR port Turn on your smartphone s IR functionality see Beaming information Set up your computer to receive infrared beams See ActiveSync Help on your computer for details Point the IR port d
269. ronize pictures videos music files and other info directly with your computer What can synchronize If you have Microsoft Office Outlook 2002 or later installed on your computer by default the following information is synchronized when you synchronize using either desktop sync software or Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync 70 WHAT CAN SYNCHRONIZE Contacts Calendar Ey E mail Y Tasks You can however customize sync settings to suit your needs and sync only some of these applications If you set up synchronization with your computer using the desktop sync software information in the Favorites application is synchronized by default as well You can also change settings to synchronize Word Excel PowerPoint and PDF files as well as pictures music videos and other types of files see Changing which applications sync DID YOU KNOW Synchronizing Favorites gives you an easy way to get favorites from the web browser on your computer into the web browser on your smartphone Just add them to the folder called Mobile Favorites which shows up in your computer s browser When you sync they become available on your smartphone as well Backup copies of any favorites that you add on the smartphone browser are also stored in the Mobile Favorites folder SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION O IMPORTANT To synchronize Calendar Contacts Inbox email and Tasks you must have Outlook 2002 or later installed
270. rough your stereo headphones Benefits Never be far from your favorite e Avoid having to use a separate people places and songs photo viewer MP3 CD or e Arrange your photos videos and mini disc player songs In this chapter Camera Pictures amp Videos WINAOWSiIW Scala vea MORAN seen Synchronizing your media files You can synchronize pictures videos and music files between your smartphone and your computer so that changes you make show up on both your computer and your smartphone To synchronize media files you must first choose Media as one of your synchronization options on your smartphone see Changing which applications sync The procedure for synchronizing media files is different for computers running Windows XP and computers running Windows Vista Synchronizing media files Windows XP BEFORE YOU BEGIN You must install ActiveSync desktop software from the Windows Getting Started Disc see Installing ActiveSync desktop software Windows XP and select the option to synchronize media see Changing which applications sync YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O CHAPTER When you synchronize your smartphone your pictures and videos are synchronized between your smartphone and your desktop computer On your computer you can view the pictures and videos and you can also send them to friends using your desktop email application To find all synchronized pictures and videos on your co
271. roviderspecific requirements exist 276 EMAIL Service provider settings frequently change If your email account was working but you are currently experiencing problems check with your service provider to see if any of the account settings have changed have problems sending and receiving email Short periods of time when email is unavailable are common due to server problems or poor wireless coverage If you have problems sending or receiving mail for an extended period of time check with your ISP or email service provider to verify that the service is working properly Scheduled email synchronization is not working If email synchronization is occurring and you turn your smartphone off or the connection to your email service provider is disconnected the synchronization fails e Check the synchronization schedule to make sure that email sync is set to occur at the expected day and time See Setting the synchronization schedule for details TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER Press Start Lan select Programs and then select ActiveSync Press Menu gt right action key and select Configure Server Make sure the verify password setting is on This is required for overthe air synchronization have problems sending email If you are able to receive email messages but cannot send them try the following steps in turn Make sure your ISP or email provider allows you to access email on a smartphone Som
272. rring All Day Yes Occurs Reminder Type of time units Number of time units 5 Press OK Creating an untimed event An untimed event such as a birthday anniversary or vacation does not occur at a particular time of day These events appear as banners at the top of your calendar they don t occupy blocks of time For example Submit Final Draft in the screenshot shown below is an untimed event DID YoU KNOW An untimed event can last longer than a day 1 Press Start and select Calendar Calendar El y a amp z sm tftes 41 xz E E E Submit Final Draft Meet with Donna amp Nancy 10 00a 11 00a Conference Call Lunch with Greg 4 12 00p 1 00p Team meeting 4 1 00p 2 00p 2 Press Menu C right action key and select New Appointment Enter a subject description Select the starting and ending dates Select All Day and then select Yes Press OK e ow kf WwW CALENDAR Scheduling a repeating appointment 1 Create an appointment or untimed event and then select it 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Edit 3 Select Occurs and then select a repeat pattern To create a repeat pattern select Edit pattern and follow the onscreen instructions tip To enter a birthday or an anniversary create an untimed event that repeats every year YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER O Press Menu gt right action key and select Edit S
273. rtain situations you encounter while driving may require attention but are not urgent enough to merit a call to 911 But you can still use your smartphone to lend a hand If you see a broken down vehicle posing no serious hazard a broken traffic signal a minor traffic accident where no one appears injured or a vehicle you know to be stolen call roadside assistance or other special non emergency wireless number NOTICE FOR CONSUMERS WITH HEARING DISABILITIES Digital Wireless Phones to be Compatible with Hearing Aids On July 10 2003 the Federal Communications Commission FCC modified the exemption for wireless phones under the Hearing Aid Compatibility Act of 1988 This means that wireless phone manufacturers and service providers must make digital wireless phones accessible to individuals who use hearing aids For more information please go to the FCC s Consumer Alert on accessibility of digital wireless phones at http Awww fcc gov cgb consumerfacts accessiblewireless html Wireless telephones are hand held phones with built in antennas often called cell mobile or PCS phones These phones are popular with callers because they can be carried easily from place to place Wireless telephones are two way radios When you talk into a wireless telephone it picks up your voice and converts the sound to radio frequency energy or radio waves The radio waves travel through the air until they reach a receiver at a nearby base station
274. s Play screensaver when connected to my PC and idle for 2 minutes Sets whether the pictures in your My Pictures folder are used as a screensaver when your smartphone is connected to your computer and ActiveSynce desktop software is not running 5 Select the Camera tab and set any of the following options Pictures amp Videos Bl V BE Options Type filename prefix Save files to Main memory Still image compression level High quality Camera video Type filename prefix Assigns a name to a series of pictures to be captured such as Seattle001 Seattle002 and so on Save files to Specifies whether pictures and videos are stored on your smartphone or on an expansion card Still image compression level Sets the default quality and size for newly captured still pictures CAMERA 6 Select the Video tab and set any of the following options Pictures amp Videos ly V BR Options Include audio when recording video files Time limit For videos 30 seconds bd E Include audio when recording video files Turns the microphone on and off so that you can record videos with or without sound Time limit for videos Limits the length of videos you record You can select the No limit option DID YOU KNOW Videos are captured and stored in 3GP format Video resolution ranges from 176 x 144 pixels to 352 x 288 pixels You can change the resolution setti
275. s 265 266 mobile phone numbers 171 mobile phones See wireless phones obile to Market certificates 218 ode tab 142 odem tab 254 odemLink application 145 modems 145 odify Sheets command 206 209 onth View 175 most recently dialed numbers list 38 moving documents to folders 196 217 files to expansion cards 161 164 226 227 information 196 208 227 pictures and videos 159 speed dial buttons 50 text 194 workbooks 208 moving around the screen 17 19 moving through web pages 136 MP3 files 161 MPA files 161 MPEG files 158 MPEG4 files 121 multi connector 5 multi line fields 18 multimedia features 117 149 multimedia file types 158 multimedia files 157 282 multimedia messages creating 120 deleting 128 129 displaying 126 downloading 124 129 forwarding 125 internal memory and 282 opening 124 overview 117 phone numbers in 39 playing 124 126 previewing 123 receiving 124 replying to 125 requirements for 1 saving 125 sending 121 123 126 setting options for 123 sorting 128 troubleshooting 268 Multimedia Messaging System See MMS messaging multiple recipients 100 120 music 40 161 163 235 See also media files music files 274 Mute command 43 y Device folder 216 My Device library 164 y Documents folder 215 216 261 y Pictures folder 152 154 y Playlists category 165 My Storage Card library 164 My Text command 100 y Text phrases 100 N names 30 291 naming document files 194 196
276. s Bk Settings Regional Settings Appearance samples Positive numbers 123 456 789 00 Positive currency 123 456 789 00 Time 9 47 46 AM Short date 1 17 07 Long date Wednesday January 17 2007 segon aio Garro me ote E 3 On the Region tab select a region from the list The region selection sets the default format settings 4 Optional Select any of the following tabs to customize the format settings Number Sets the decimal symbol and number of decimal places the digit grouping symbol and group size list separators negative number sign symbol and format leading zero display 5 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS O CHAPTER and measurement system metric vs U S Currency Sets the currency symbol and position the decimal symbol and position digit grouping symbol and group size and negative number format Time Sets the time style separators and AM and PM symbols Date Sets the short date style separators and long date style Press OK 8 Aligning the screen to correct tapping problems Occasionally your screen may need to be readjusted You know your screen needs adjustment when the wrong feature is activated when you tap the screen To fix the problem align the screen 1 2 Press Start sn and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Screen Y On the General tab select Align Screen DISPLAY AND APPEARANCE SETTINGS 237 12 YOUR PERSO
277. s http Awww palm com support it may resolve to http www palm com us support If Internet Explorer Mobile can t follow the redirect try using a desktop browser to see the landing page of the redirector and enter that address in Internet Explorer Mobile TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER Tip Your smartphone can open your email application when you select an email address on a web page If nothing happens when you select the link try setting up your email application first An image or map is too small on my smartphone screen Internet Explorer Mobile has several viewing modes One Column Default Desktop and Full Screen Switch to Desktop to see the full size image see Viewing a web page A secure site refuses to permit a transaction Some websites don t support certain browsers for transactions Please contact the site s webmaster to make sure the site allows transactions using Internet Explorer Mobile TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER Camera DID YOU KNOW Pictures are 16 bit color Resolution settings range from the low end of VGA 160 x 120 pixels to a high end of 1 3 megapixels 1280 x 1024 Video resolution settings range from a low end of 176 x 144 pixels to a high end of 352 x 288 pixels You can change the resolution setting by pressing Menu right action key and selecting Resolution still images or Quality video Here are some tips for taking good pictures with the built in c
278. s the alphabet at the top of the Contacts list You can use this index to find a contact Show contact names only Enables you to fit more names on the Contacts list by hiding everything but the contact s name Area code Specifies the default area code for new contact entries 4 Press OK 8 YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER O Finding a contact in an online address book In addition to having contacts on your device you can also access contact information from your organization s online address book or Global Address List GAL BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e Make sure you are accessing Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 e Add access to the online address book to your smartphone See Adding an online address book e After adding the online address book you must synchronize with the Exchange server in order for the Company Directory option to appear Press Start and select Contacts 2 Press Menu C right action key select Company Directory enter the name of the contact and then select Search CHAPTER CONTACTS 173 O YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER Using SIM Manager You can manage the contacts on your SIM card including deleting numbers and transferring numbers between the card and the Contacts application on your smartphone 1 Press Start lan and select Contacts 2 Press Menu gt right action key and select SIM Manage
279. s trusted pair is not secure Sets whether a message trusted device or pairing with that device appears when you switch from a secure f your computer is enabled with Bluetooth page to one that is not secure wireless technology you can also synchronize wirelessly or use your phone as a wireless modem Clear Cookies Deletes any cookies stored on your smartphone Warn when page content is blocked due to security settings Sets whether a message appears when you attempt You can create a list of Bluetooth devices to open a page that does not meet the that you trust to communicate with your security standards associated with your smartphone When communicating with smartphone trusted devices your smartphone skips the 5 Press OK a discovery process and creates a secure link as long as the device is within range Bluetooth range is up to 10 meters 30 feet CONNECTING TO DEVICES WITH BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY O YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER in ideal conditions Performance and range are affected by physical obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors When you configure a headset see Connecting to a Bluetooth hands free device the headset is automatically added to your trusted device list Follow the steps in this section to add other devices to your trusted device list such as your computer DID YOU KNOW Check your battery level before est
280. sage download limit Select the size of an incoming message that is automatically downloaded For any message that exceeds this size you must manually download the rest of the message Selecting a higher limit means more of your messages will be fully downloaded but message retrieval might take longer You can also choose to download message headers only regardless of size 10 Press Finish C right action key WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES 13 5 YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER Working with meeting invitations You can receive meeting invitations on your smartphone in the same way that you receive email messages NOTE You can create meeting invitations on your smartphone see Sending a meeting request Here are the key features of meeting invitations e Meeting invitations appear on your smartphone in the Inbox application not in the Calendar application e From within the Inbox application you can accept decline or tentatively accept a meeting invitation e If you accept an invitation the meeting shows up as an appointment in the Calendar application e You can reply to and forward meeting invitations in the same way as email messages Press E mail gt left action key Select the account you want Select a meeting invitation to open it Meeting invitations are displayed with this icon 4 To accept the invitation press Accept C left action key select whether to edit include comments with
281. screen 13 14 58 245 phone status icons 64 Phone tab 58 Phone Send button 5 13 35 289 Phone Send icon 35 phone off icon 11 33 adding as backgrounds 159 233 adding as screensaver 156 adding sounds to 122 adding to messages 122 adjusting resolution of 153 160 creating caller ID 172 default resolution settings or 280 deleting 160 downloading 157 editing 160 hiding on web pages 136 naming groups of 156 previewing 154 155 280 receiving 152 saving 156 sending 158 setting default size 156 storing 282 synchronizing 151 taking 152 154 280 viewing 151 152 157 Pictures amp Videos application 155 157 161 M applications 287 290 Ms 260 273 290 N unlock key 290 INs 61 245 290 ay button 163 ay Slide Show command 158 lay Sound box 56 lay sound check box 236 ay Sound list 250 playback icons 49 playback options 166 198 Playback screen 166 167 Playback tab 166 198 playing media files 162 UU Uy uvvu 328 INDEX multimedia messages 124 126 presentations 197 198 sounds 157 voice notes 184 voicemail messages 42 playlists 161 162 165 plug ins 135 234 POP accounts 92 94 pop up menus 22 port numbers 255 portable radio See radio ports See IR port USB ports Power icon 252 Power screen 252 Power End button 5 33 PowerPoint files 187 PowerPoint Mobile application 197 198 PowerPoint Mobile icon 197 precautions 299 preferences 129 231 See also customizing preinstalled
282. select Play gt left action key Save the item that is playing multimedia message only Press YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q Menu gt right action key and select Save See a summary of the message including sender date and time Press Menu gt right action key and select Message Details Reply to the message Press Menu E right action key and select Reply or Reply All NOTE If the message is a single picture with no audio select Reply lt left action key to reply to the message Forward the message Press Menu E right action key and select Forward Call the sender Press Menu c gt right action key and select Call Sender Add the sender s information to your Contacts list Press Menu C right action key and select Add to Contacts Save the message as a template for other messages Press Menu gt right action key and select Save as Template CHAPTER USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION 128 O YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW When viewing a multimedia message containing multiple slides you can press Right on the 5 way to move to the next slide or press Left on the 5 way to move to the previous slide 3 Press OK 9 Using Messaging to chat When you exchange more than one message with a single contact the messages you exchange with that person are grouped into a chat session When you select a chat session from your message
283. send an email message with a file attached from directly within other applications on your smartphone see Sending email messages from within another application 9 Optional Press Menu gt right action key and do one or both of the following e Select Spell Check When the spell check is complete press OK e e Select Message Options Select the Priority list select a priority setting for the message and then press OK 2 10 Press Send gt left action key YOUR EMAIL 5 If you synchronize wirelessly with your Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync new email messages are sent to your smartphone when they appear on the server according to the schedule you set up see Setting the synchronization schedule or when you manually initiate a sync see Initiating a wireless sync manually CHAPTER TIP To save memory on your smartphone turn off the option to save sent messages in the Saved folder In the Inbox press Menu right action key and select Tools gt Options Select the Message tab and then uncheck the Keep copies of sent items in Sent folder box TIP If you sync email with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 you can synchronize messages in subfolders you create In the Inbox press Menu right action key and select Tools gt Manage Folders Folders containing subfolders display a Select the to view the subfolders Check the box to the left of any subfol
284. set the validity for one hour CHAPTER Signature Enables you to add a signature to outgoing messages Select the button then on the Signature screen check the Use signature with new messages box enter your signature text and then press OK e 4 Press OK 8 DID YOU KNOW Options you select for an individual message see Setting message options override the general preferences you set for all messages Customizing chat settings 1 Press Start la and select Messaging 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Options CUSTOMIZING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION O YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER 3 Select the Chat tab Messaging El y 6 Options Create chats from messages Only if Th d Show time stamps of each message cra van a E Select any of the following options Create chat from messages Indicates the conditions under which a chat session starts Show time stamps of each message Indicates whether you want chat session items to display a date and time indicator 5 Press OK 8 Customizing notification settings 1 Press Start and select Messaging 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Options 3 Select the Notification tab Messaging a Y amp Options Request MMS receipts y i Privacy mode hide text Acknowledge when messages are received Acknowledge when messages are read veas Gt vato ado Select
285. shaded lightning bolt 10 sharing information 221 sheet list 201 Shift cells options 208 Shift key 24 25 Short Messaging Service See SMS messaging shortcut menus 22 shortcuts 20 Show alphabetical index option 173 Show contact names only option 173 Show half hour slots option 179 Show icons option 180 Show list 158 226 Show Options command 198 Show Pictures option 136 Show start and due dates option 182 Show Tasks entry bar option 183 Show time stamps of each message option 130 Show week numbers option 180 Shuffle command 163 INDEX 633 side button 5 signal searching for 12 signal strength 64 265 283 signal strength icon 33 253 Signature box 129 signatures 108 129 Signatures screen 108 129 silencing system sounds 7 234 silencing the ringer 40 silent alarm 235 236 M smartcards 7 9 245 290 Size option 194 sketching 183 Skins tab 167 Slide Show tab 155 slide show toolbar 158 slide shows 156 158 197 198 slide timing option 198 slider 19 slides 122 126 smartcard See SIM smartcards smartphone compliancy statement for 294 getting help with 257 n troubleshooting 257 SMS messaging 119 290 soft resets 260 software See also applications caution for hard resets and 261 included with device 2 303 installing 74 75 218 purchasing 264 reinstalling 259 261 songs See music Sort By command 182 Sort by list 206 217 Sort command 128 206 sort options 182
286. sing Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync you do not need to give your smartphone a username See Installing ActiveSync desktop software Windows XP Windows Mobile The operating system of your Treo 750 smartphone Your smartphone uses Windows Mobile 6 Professional edition When installing third party applications to your smartphone be sure to install only apps that are written for Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 Professional Apps designed for Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 Standard or any edition of Windows Mobile 5 0 software are not compatible with your Treo 750 smartphone See Installing third party applications Windows Mobile Device Center The software on your Windows Vista computer that enables you to synchronize content and manage music pictures and videos between your smartphone and your computer To open Windows Mobile Device Center on your computer click Start click All Programs and select Windows Mobile Device Center See Installing Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista TERMS Important safety and legal information FCC Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B computer peripheral pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accord
287. sion card e Change which applications synchronize e In ActiveSync desktop software on a Windows XP computer enter settings to synchronize wirelessly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 DID YOU KNOW You can also change which applications synchronize see Changing which applications sync and enter settings to synchronize wirelessly see Setting up wireless synchronization in the ActiveSync app on your smartphone Whether you enter changes on your smartphone or on your computer the changes are transferred to the other location the next time you synchronize To open the desktop sync software do one of the following Windows XP To open the ActiveSync desktop software window double click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of your computer screen TIP If the ActiveSync icon does not appear in the taskbar go to Start navigate to Programs and then select Microsoft ActiveSync to open the ActiveSync window Tip You can enter a setting to have the ActiveSync window open automatically when you connect your computer and your smartphone In the ActiveSync window select File gt Connection Settings and then check the Open ActiveSync when my device connects box Windows Vista To open Windows Mobile Device Center click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Desktop software installation also creates a folder for your smartphone on your computer Wh
288. smartphone e Rechargeable battery 1200 mAh e AC charger with international adapters in some smartphone packages e USB sync cable Stereo headset Palm Vehicle Power Charger Screen protector WHAT S IN THE BOX L Tip Visit www palm com to purchase a replacement screen protector if the original one becomes scratched or worn What do need to get started Documentation and software Read This First setup poster Treo 750 Smartphone Quick Reference Windows Mobile Getting Started CD which includes the following Link to Microsoft Office Outlook software download Desktop synchronization software ActiveSync desktop software for Windows XP Windows Mobile Device Center for Windows Vista Windows Media Player 10 Additional software for your smartphone User Guide this guide Palm warranty End User License Agreement As you work through the instructions in this guide you need all the items that came in the smartphone box see What s in the box as well as the following You must have an activated wireless account using a SIM card from your wireless service provider with data services If you plan to synchronize personal information between your smartphone and a computer you need access to that computer during setup You must also have your smartphone within range of your wireless service provider s cellular coverage 2 WHAT DO NEED TO GET STARTED Setting up
289. sort order 206 sorting folder items 217 History list items 140 information 206 messages 128 pictures and videos 159 tasks 182 sound clips 120 Sound Mode buttons 234 sound settings 234 235 sounds adding to pictures 122 changing alarm 250 customizing 234 playing 157 previewing 56 236 recording 235 selecting event 236 sending 235 setting ringtone 55 setting system 235 silencing 7 234 turning off event 236 Sounds amp Notifications screen 55 Sounds amp Notifications Settings icon 235 Sounds amp Notifications Settings screen 235 Sounds tab 235 Space key 24 speaker 6 161 speakerphone 43 283 296 Speakerphone command 43 special characters 27 special characters See alternate characters symbols special occasions 176 334 INDEX specifications 301 speech impaired services 57 Speed Dial Options command 50 speed dial buttons 35 48 50 Spell Check command 101 spell checking 101 195 Spelling command 195 split bar 201 spreadsheet templates 198 200 209 spreadsheets See also Excel Mobile workbooks worksheets accessing 187 adding charts to 207 calculations in 201 203 changing order of worksheets 204 creating 198 defining filters for 206 deleting elements in 208 display options for 201 entering data in 200 203 formatting 198 205 insertion options for 203 scrolling 201 searching 207 sending 89 sorting in 206 unsupported features for 199 SSL Secure Sockets Layer 135 sta
290. speuheduaass 259 RelnstallimopinexcleSktO MES Ont cr rae ane ern ge a 259 Resetingyoursmanphone aea a 260 AEA E E OAE SI PRN E AE E ale N A en E AIRA 264 Sere eN AA ee nates nee E A E N ee Nee E E 265 NGIWONSCONMECTON E E A E EE 265 SACAN ZA ete cetera er Be ee eee a A rh eg 270 EN O be eens 276 WE apt rk A te evens 279 GANG y ae cree ere aes Metta A ee tee eet 280 WING OKC ICAO cosy dasuncenuecdunee edge 281 IMIEINIANG ROO LIA CIN WOU SINMEINIONOMNGs soc cc tsccteebeeeencuuaace 282 M IG ESC a 283 TROUBLESHOOTING 13 CHAPTER Transferring info from Reinstalling the another device desktop software For information on transferring your info If you have problems synchronizing using from a previous Windows Mobile device your desktop sync software you may need or from a Palm OS device to your new to reinstall the software Palm Treo 750 smartphone visit www palm com treo750 support for instructions BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your computer profile includes administrator rights to install software In large organizations these are usually granted DID YOU KNOW You can purchase a third party by the system administrator application that lets you run Palm OS applications on your smartphone 1 Shut down your computer and turn it on DID YOU KNOW If you have questions about again Windows Mobile you can go to the Microsoft Windows Mobile website Search for Palm 2 Onyour computer click Start gt Control
291. t 4 Press Center OD Recording a video Videos can be any length provided you have enough storage space available By default videos are stored in the My Pictures folder on your smartphone If you want to store your videos on an expansion card see Customizing your Camera settings to change where videos are stored For information on accessing your videos on your computer see Synchronizing media files Windows XP Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Camera le 3 Press Menu C right action key and select Video 4 Adjust the position of your smartphone until you see the subject you want to record on the screen Your smartphone has a Self portrait mirror next to the camera lens on the back of your smartphone Use the mirror when you re recording a video and you want to be in the video 5 Press Menu c and select Quality to change the video resolution Pictures amp Videos ly Y BR 7 Thumbnails E 154 CAMERA 6 Press Center to start recording 7 When you re finished recording press Stop gt left action key or Center to stop recording 8 Optional To review the video in Windows Media Player Mobile press Thumbnails gt left action key highlight the video and then press Center O Press OK to return to Thumbnail View 3 On the General tab set any of the tip If you don t like a video you recorded delete it See Deleting a picture or video for details DI
292. t Performing a soft reset is similar to restarting a computer If your smartphone is not responding or you have trouble synchronizing with your computer a soft reset may help 1 If your smartphone responds to key presses press and hold Power End j to turn off your phone If the screen display is on press Power End i to turn off the screen Open the expansion card slot door on the side of your smartphone Use the stylus tip to gently press the reset button next to the expansion card slot 260 RESETTING YOUR SMARTPHONE 5 Wait for the progress bar on the Treo logo screen to fill before continuing to use your smartphone Tip You can also do a soft reset by removing the battery and reinserting it DID YOU KNOW If the phone or the Bluetooth wireless technology feature was on before a reset these automatically turn on after the reset Performing a hard reset A hard reset erases all personal information such as appointments contacts and tasks as well as programs TROUBLESHOOTING you have added such as third party software on your smartphone Never do a hard reset without first trying a soft reset You can restore previously synchronized information the next time you sync CHAPTER IMPORTANT Synchronize to restore your Outlook data such as Outlook email Calendar Contacts Notes and Tasks You can use a backup and restore solution Make sure it s an application that s approved b
293. t right action key and select Refresh To scroll through the page in One Column View or Default View press Up A or Down In Desktop View press Up A Down Y Left 4 or Right gt to scroll in all directions To follow a link to another web page press Up or Down Y to highlight the link and then press Center to BROWSING THE WEB YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O go to the selected page You can also tap the link on the screen with the stylus To send email from a web page select the address link You need to configure an email application on your smartphone before you can use this feature see Your email To adjust the size of the text on web pages press Menu c gt right action key select View gt Text Size and then select the size you want To view a web page s properties press Menu gt right action key and select Tools gt Properties To view each item in a list select the list and scroll using Up or Down V In a list press Left 4 or Right gt to cycle between items and then press Center to accept the change In a form such as a browser search field press Center to interact with the form and then press Center to stop interacting with the form Press OK to close Internet Explorer Mobile CHAPTER Tip To send a link press Menu right action key and select Tools gt Send Link Select the option you want to use to send the link SMS MMS or a
294. t Name and enter a new name for the document Select the Folder list and then select the folder to which you want to move the document Select the Location list and then select Main memory or Storage card Press OK e Tip To create a new folder go to the documents list tap the Show list in the upperleft and select Add Delete Select New enter a name for the folder and then press OK tip When you go to a folder you can easily search your documents by sorting by type Deleting a document 1 Goto the documents list 2 Highlight the document you want to delete 3 Press Menu gt right action key and select Delete 4 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Customizing Word Mobile 1 Go to the document list 2 Press Menu gt right action key and select Tools gt Options 3 Set any of the following options Default template Sets the default template for new documents Save to Sets the default location where new documents are stored 196 WORD MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 10 Display in list view Sets the types of files that appear in the documents list 4 Press OK a PowerPoint Mobile With PowerPoint Mobile you can open and view slide show presentations created on your computer Many presentation elements such as slide transitions animations and URL links are also supported Microsoft Office PowerPoint features not supported on your smartpho
295. t of the current worksheet Finding or replacing info in a workbook 9 Press Finish gt right action key 1 Open the workbook containing the info you want to find Formatting or changing a chart 2 Press Menu C right action key 1 Open the workbook that contains the and select Edit gt Find Replace chart you want to format EXCEL MOBILE D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 3 Select Find what and enter the info you want to find 4 Optional Check the Match case box to find text that matches the capitalization in any text you entered in step 3 5 Optional Check the Match whole words only box to find only full words that match any text you entered in step 3 6 Select Find to locate the first instance of the info you entered in step 3 or select Replace and enter the replacement info 7 Select Next to find the next instance of the info or select Replace to replace it To replace all instances of the info select Replace All 8 When you see a message that Excel Mobile is done searching press OK a Organizing your workbooks You can rename your workbooks You can also move them to another folder or move them between your smartphone and an expansion card 1 Gotothe workbook list 6 7 Select a file Press Menu gt right action key and select File gt Rename Move Select Name and enter a new name for the workbook Select the Folder list and then select the fol
296. t you make up In either case you must use the same passkey on both your smartphone and the other device We recommend that where possible you make up a passkey of 16 alphanumeric characters letters and numerals only to improve the security of your smartphone The longer the passkey the more difficult it is for the passkey to be deciphered 7 If the passkey is not built in enter the same passkey on the other Bluetooth device and then press Finish gt right action key 8 Press OK 8 You can now communicate with this device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth feature on your smartphone is turned on The range varies greatly depending on environmental factors The maximum is about 9 meters 30 feet tip To delete the established partnership with a device go to the Bluetooth Settings screen and select the Devices tab Highlight the connection you want to remove press and hold Center on the 5 way and then select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion The deleted device can no longer automatically connect with your smartphone CONNECTING TO DEVICES WITH BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O Accepting a connection from another Bluetooth device BEFORE YOU BEGIN To prepare your smartphone to be able to accept a connection from a requesting device enter the basic Bluetooth settings as described in Entering basic Bluetooth settings 1 Goto
297. tached and has a button on it Some headsets do not have a button Switching applications during an active call You can use many other applications on your smartphone while holding a phone conversation including the organizer and text message features You cannot WHAT CAN DO DURING A CALL O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER however make some data connections during an active call while connected to a GPRS network If you re connected to a GPRS network you cannot browse the web or send and receive email or MMS messages while on a voice call If you re connected to a UMTS 3G or HSDPA network you can perform simultaneous voice and data functions How can you tell which kind of network you re connected to See What are all those icons NOTE Some wireless service providers do not support simultaneous voice and data functions over an HSDPA network check with your wireless service provider for information To open an application see Opening and closing applications From any application press Phone Send SJ to return to your Today screen Saving phone numbers After you hang up a call you can add the number of the person you were talking with to Contacts if it s not already in your list If an incoming call uses caller ID blocking you do not see the Add Contact prompt Add Contact S10 555 0267 is not stored in contacts You can create a new contact with this number or copy it and add it to an existing co
298. telecommunications device that allows people who are deaf or hard of hearing or who have speech or language disabilities to communicate by telephone Your Palm Treo 750 smartphone is compatible with select TTY devices You can connect a TTY TDD machine to your smartphone through the headset jack but you cannot use your headset jack with a headset or hands free kit while this mode is enabled Please check with the manufacturer of your TTY device for connectivity information and to ensure that the TTY device supports digital wireless transmission To use TTY you may need to make additional arrangements with your wireless service provider Please contact your wireless service provider s customer service department for more information 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select Personal and then select Phone 3 Select Phone 4 Select the TTY TDD list and then select either On or Off 5 Press OK A keyboard icon appears at the top of your Today screen whenever TTY is enabled To disable TTY repeat the steps above Operational Warnings IMPORTANT INFORMATION ON SAFE AND EFFICIENT OPERATION Read this information before using your integrated multi service portable radio For the safe and efficient operation of your radio observe these guidelines Potentially Unsafe Areas Potentially explosive atmospheres Obey all signs and instructions regarding turning off your smartphone In particular turn off your smartphone when you
299. tem tab and then select flashing light a single sound a Clock amp Alarms 2 repeating sound or vibration 3 Select the Alarms tab SYSTEM SETTINGS 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER TIP To change the alarm sound select the alarm sound icon select the Play Sound list and then select the alarm sound you want to use 9 Press OK 9 twice 10 If prompted select Yes to accept your changes Managing identity certificates Your smartphone may include preinstalled certificates Certificates are digital documents that are used to authenticate and exchange information on networks Certificates can be issued for a user a device or a service 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Certificates E 3 Select any of the following tabs Personal Displays certificates that establish your identity when you log in to a secured network such as a corporate network Intermediate Displays certificates issued by the root whose purpose is to then issue personal certificates Root Displays certificates that identify the computers such as servers to which you connect These certificates help prevent unauthorized users from accessing your smartphone and information 4 Press OK a TIP To delete a certificate tap and hold the certificate in the list and then select Delete from the shortcut menu Enabling error reporting Error Reporting sends info that
300. tems might damage it Media Player Mobile application see Windows Media Player Mobile You can change the function of the Side button see Reassigning buttons IMPORTANT The smartphone speaker includes a large magnet so be sure not to store your smartphone near credit cards or other items that could be demagnetized Back view Self portrait mirror Camera lens Infrared IR port Battery door release Expansion card miniSD slot Reset button located inside expansion card slot door 6 PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE OVERVIEW Top view Car kit jack oD a SETTING UP CHAPTER Stylus Ringer switch DID YOU KNOW The Ringer switch silences all sounds including music at once you don t need to hunt for off or mute settings in individual applications Inserting the SIM card and battery Your SIM card contains account information such as your phone number and voicemail access number To use your smartphone s phone email or web features you need to insert a SIM card If a SIM card is not included in your smartphone box your wireless service provider will provide you with one To take advantage of the high speed data connection available on your smartphone you need to have a 3G SIM card A3G SIM card has 3G on it Tip If you don t have a SIM card contact your wireless service provider INSERTING THE SIM CARD AND BATTERY C O S
301. the Inbox Outbox and Sent folders indicate the following An unread text message An unread message with pictures or videos E An unread message with sound A read text message A read message with pictures or videos A read message with sound A message that was sent with delivery confirmation turned on Sent folder only Multiple messages exchanged with a single recipient chat An urgent message This icon appears below the message size on the right side of the screen Q RP PP w tip Unread messages appear in bold Messages you ve read appear in plain text CHAPTER USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION 127 O YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER Sorting your messages You can sort the messages in any folder by date or by sender 1 3 Go to the Inbox or other folder you want to sort Press Menu gt right action key and select Sort Select By Date or By Name Deleting a single message 1 4 Go to the Inbox or other folder containing the message you want to delete Highlight the message Press Menu lt gt right action key and select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion Deleting multiple messages 1 Go to the Inbox or other folder containing the messages you want to delete Press Menu gt right action key and select Purge Select the age of messages to be deleted or select Delete all messages i Messaging AL Purge
302. the life of your battery by following a few easy guidelines e Charge your smartphone whenever you re at your desk or charge it overnight each day The battery in your smartphone has a much longer useful life if you charge it frequently instead of waiting until it s fully drained e If you spend a lot of time using the camera games media players including listening to music with wireless headphones using the built in Bluetooth wireless technology or other applications keep an eye on the battery icon and charge when necessary SETTING UP The wireless features phone email messaging and web on your smartphone generally consume more power than the organizer features If you don t plan to use the wireless features on your smartphone for a while turn off your wireless services see Turning wireless services on off You can forward calls to a different number or let all calls be picked up by voicemail see Forwarding calls To see if your wireless services are on tap the phone off Y icon and select Wireless Manager CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW You can also see if your wireless services are on by pressing Menu right action key and selecting Wireless Manager If you are synchronizing email and other information directly with your corporate Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync set the synchronization interval to a maximum of every 15 minutes during peak times and every hour or tu
303. the screen 4 Caps Lock and then enter a series of To turn off Option Lock press Option letters When Caps Lock is on this again symbol appears at the bottom of the screen To turn off Caps Lock press Shift or 4 again USING THE KEYBOARD 25 O MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE CHAPTER Entering other symbols and accented characters You can enter symbols and accented characters that don t appear on the keys by using the alternate characters list TIP The alternate characters are grouped according to their similarity to the corresponding key For example the alternate character available for the R key is and for the T key is If you press the wrong key press Backspace to return to the full list of alternate characters You can then press another key A Press Alt to display the alternate character list Narrow the list by pressing the key that corresponds to the character you want For example to enter an press e See the table below for a list of corresponding characters Press Up a or Down to highlight the desired character Press Center to insert the character USING THE KEYBOARD MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE O a wW E a Symbols and accented characters 2 Press Alt to select Press Alt to select Press Alt to select c and and and
304. the upper left of the screen Your phone is not connected to any mobile network Although you can no longer use the phone you can still use Microsoft Office apps and all the organizer features of your smartphone TURNING YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE ON OFF 33 O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW You can also turn your phone on and off from the Today screen by pressing Menu right action key selecting Wireless Manager and then selecting Phone DID YOU KNOW You can go to Wireless Manager by tapping the signal strength icon and tapping Wireless Manager Waking up the screen and turning it off Wake up the screen and leave the phone turned off when you want to use only the organizer features of your smartphone for example when you re on a plane and want to look at your calendar You can also turn off the screen without turning off the wireless features on your smartphone You can turn your screen on and off by pressing Power End 5 tip You can set how long the screen stays on Press Start select Settings select the System tab and then select Power Select the Advanced tab Adjust the number of minutes the phone stays on when idle using the On battery power setting Making calls from the Today screen Your smartphone offers several ways to make phone calls from the Today screen Dialing from the Today screen BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage are
305. them in Internet Explorer Mobile IMPORTANT You must have QuickTime Player version 6 5 or later installed on your computer to play videos recorded by your smartphone You can download the videos from an expansion card or you can click the YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O video thumbnail after synchronizing the files CHAPTER You can listen to these music audio and video files through the speaker on the back of your smartphone or through stereo headphones Transferring media files to your smartphone Use the Sync feature in the desktop version of Windows Media Player to transfer digital music audio video and playlist files from your computer to an expansion card or your smartphone Using the Sync feature ensures that the files are transferred correctly Tip For tips on using the desktop version of Windows Media Player go to the Help menu in Windows Media Player on your computer BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e Be sure you have Windows Media Player 10 or later installed on your computer On a Windows XP computer Windows Media Player 10 must be WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER installed on your computer before you install ActiveSync desktop software Both Windows Media Player 10 and ActiveSync desktop software can be installed from the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD that came with your smartphone If you are having trouble see My video and musi
306. to your message Tip You can add both a picture and a sound clip to the same slide in a message To add a sound to a picture select the picture thumbnail and select Add Sound To add a picture to a sound select the sound icon and then select Add Picture 6 Optional Select Add Text and enter a text caption or message for the slide you inserted Tap 6 to insert a predefined phrase Tap to insert an emoticon Optional Select Add slide and repeat steps 5 and 6 to add another slide in this message DID YOU KNOW If you add more than one slide to a message you can set the length of time each slide is displayed Press Menu right action key and select Slide Timing 8 Optional To add a vCard contact file to a message press Menu C left action key and select Add Media gt Add vCard 122 USING THE MESSAGING APPLICATION TIP To preview a multimedia message as the recipient will see it press Menu right action key and select Preview Message YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Q CHAPTER Messaging El y oe Message Options 9 Press Send lt gt left action key Setting message options You can set options for individual text and multimedia messages you send DID YOU KNOW You can set general preferences that apply to all incoming and outgoing messages see Customizing message settings If you set options for an individual message those options override you
307. tphone is equipped with an IR infrared port that enables you to beam information to another device with an IR port The IR port is located on the side of your smartphone closest to the stylus near the top You can also beam using the CHAPTER SHARING INFORMATION YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER built in Bluetooth wireless technology on your smartphone The normal range for beaming with IR is about 20 centimeters 8 inches The maximum range for beaming with Bluetooth technology is about 9 meters 30 feet Performance and range are affected by physical obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors By default the beaming option on your smartphone is turned off You need to turn the beam option on before you can beam using either the IR port or Bluetooth wireless technology tip For best results the path between the two devices must be clear of obstacles and both devices kept stationary If you have difficulty beaming shorten the distance and avoid bright sunlight DID YOU KNOW The type of information you can beam depends on the type of device you are beaming to Other Windows Mobile 6 Professional devices are always compatible with your Treo 750 smartphone Turning on the beam option 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Beam Y 3 Check the Receive all incoming beams box Beaming an entry or file
308. ts Windows XP Service Pack 2 or Windows Vista later versions may also be supported 32MB of available memory RAM 170MB of free hard disk space CD drive Available USB port USB sync cable included with your smartphone Adobe Flash Player required to run the installation program SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION 73 O SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION 2 Insert the Windows Mobile Getting Tip If you do not have Adobe Flash Player on Started CD into the CD drive on your your computer you can download it for free computer from www adobe com CHAPTER 3 Follow the installation instructions that appear on both your computer and your smartphone Installing ActiveSync desktop software Windows XP If you have a Windows XP computer the desktop sync software is called ActiveSync desktop software The Windows Mobile Getting Started CD recognizes that you have a Windows XP computer and automatically directs you to install ActiveSync desktop software On your smartphone the sync application is called During installation you connect your smartphone to your computer and sync for the first time Be sure to watch what s happening on both your computer and your smartphone For more info see Connecting your smartphone to your computer and Synchronization ActiveSync TIP During software installation you can BEFORE YOU BEGIN If you are installing select an option to synchronize email the softwa
309. ts JavaScript Secure Sockets Layer SSL and cookies but does not support plug ins Flash Shockwave VBScript WML script and so on or Java applets Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on CHAPTER Viewing a web page By default Internet Explorer Mobile scales web page content to fit your smartphone screen so that you can view most of the information without scrolling left or right DID YOU KNOW You can also start a web search from your Today screen by selecting the Web search field entering the item you want to find and then pressing Center on the 5 way DID YOU KNOW The Security certificates and 128 bit SSL strong encryption enable you to browse secure sites such as online shopping banking and email Remember some secure sites also require a specific browser and may not work with Internet Explorer Mobile Ask the organization for an alternate access point that is compatible with Internet Explorer Mobile BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e Be sure to subscribe to data services from your wireless service provider This is necessary for browsing the web Press Start sn and select Internet Explorer Highlight the address line enter the address of the web page you want to view and then press Center To return to a recently viewed page select the address line list and then select the web address DID YOU KNOW If you browse t
310. ttery 3 Use the number pad on the keyboard to enter the number you want to call 12 MAKING YOUR FIRST CALL TIP The Dial Lookup list might appear while you are dialing a number Continue entering numbers to place the call For more info on the Dial Lookup list see Dialing by contact name 4 Press Phone Send to dial 5 When your call is complete press Power End 7 to end the call Start El Yj qe 4 10 Wireless Service Provider No unread el No unread text No upcoming appointm Search E mail Adjusting call volume While a call is in progress press the Volume button on the side of your smartphone to adjust the call volume SETTING UP CHAPTER What s my number 1 Make sure your phone is on see Turning your phone on If you do not see your Today screen press Phone Send 4 Press Menu gt right action key Select Preferences gt Phone Settings On the Phone tab look for your phone number below the title bar MAKING YOUR FIRST CALL 13 O SETTING UP CHAPTER Look here for your phone number Settings Phone 14085555841 TTY TDD Si Telecommunications Device for the Deaf v After calls from numbers that are not in Contacts ask if I want to add them Set ring tones for incoming calls 6 Press OK 9 tip If your phone number doesn t appear on the Phone Settings screen your ne
311. ture you want to edit 2 Press Menu gt right action key and select Edit 3 Do any of the following To rotate the picture 90 degrees press Rotate gt left action key To crop the picture press Menu E right action key and select Crop Tap and drag the stylus to highlight the area to crop Tap outside the box to stop cropping To adjust the brightness and contrast levels of the picture press Menu E right action key and select AutoCorrect To undo an edit press Menu and select Undo e To cancel all unsaved edits you made to the picture press Menu gt right action key and select Revert to Saved Deleting a picture or video 1 3 Highlight the picture or video you want to delete Press Menu lt gt right action key and select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion Renaming a picture or video 1 2 Highlight the picture or video you want to delete Press Menu gt gt right action key and select Properties Enter a new name for the picture or video Press OK to return to Thumbnail View 160 PICTURES amp VIDEOS Windows Media Player Mobile Windows Media Player Mobile can play music audio and video files that are stored on your smartphone or on an expansion card sold separately in any of the following file formats e WMA e WMV e MP3 e 3GP e AAC e AAC e MPEG 4 DID YOU KNOW You can also download animated GIF files and view
312. twork has not yet sent the number to the SIM card this does not affect SIM card functionality Turn your phone off wait a few hours and then turn on your phone and repeat these steps If your phone number still does not appear please contact your wireless service provider for assistance Setting Up synchronization After you ve finished setting up your smartphone we recommend that you set up a synchronization method to get the most out of your smartphone Synchronizing means that information that has been entered or updated in one place your smartphone your computer or your corporate server is automatically updated in the other see Synchronizing information SETTING UP SYNCHRONIZATION CHAPTER 2 Moving around on your Palm Treo 750 smartphone Have you ever been to a new city and felt a bit lost until you figured out the streets Learning to move around on your Palm Treo 750 smartphone is similar Most applications that work on your smartphone use the same set of controls So once you learn how to use these controls you ll be driving all over town and you won t even need a map Benefits e Quickly move around and e Access extra features with menus complete tasks in applications e Find and open applications quickly using one thumb on the 5 way navigator In this chapter Navigating aroundithescice nmt maa a 17 UNNE eer yee ne te ae oe eres cay te weer a 24 OpeningrnclielOsingrap plicallo
313. ulator Benefits e Locate info in any application Keep others up to date with e Install applications games and meaningful business and personal other software information Store carry and exchange info e Always have a calculator with you In this chapter EAN IS te aes 25 Instala pacas I E as 217 Removingrapplications aara a A a A E 220 SATS EIE a E E E EE A E EAE E E E A E 221 BEN O et aap ere ss err ere ree ee ere 221 UsingiexpansionicardS erae E so beaceeays 228 Calcuta hae PN ee 229 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS D Finding information Quickly find who or what you re looking for by using one of these search features e Lookup Find and dial your contacts by name or phone number See Dialing by contact name for details e Search Look through the text in all the applications on your smartphone e File Explorer Browse through the files and folders on your smartphone or on an expansion card Global Address List Lookup Look up names in your online corporate address list Email message search Display only those messages whose senders recipients or subjects match the text you enter see Finding messages Tip For information on opening and closing apps see Opening and closing applications Using Search Search for files and other items stored in the My Documents folder on your smartphone or on an expansion card You can search by file name or by words located in t
314. umber Dialing by contact name You can look up contacts quickly by entering just a few letters of a contact s name directly from your Today screen BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you can dial a number by contact name you must create some contacts see Adding a contact or import them by synchronizing see Synchronizing information Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area See Turning your phone on 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Using the keyboard begin entering one of the following for the contact you want to call MAKING CALLS FROM THE TODAY SCREEN Start ly 4 21 Wireless Service Provider E mail e First name JOH for John e Last name SMI for Smith e First initial a space and then last initial J S for John Smith e A few letters of the first name a space and then a few letters of the last name JOH SMI for John Smith For example entering SM finds both Smilla Anderson and John Smith Entering SM AN finds only Smilla Anderson To clear the Dial Lookup field and start another Contacts search press OK To delete letters when correcting a misspelled name press Backspace YOUR PHONE O CHAPTER Tip To see a contact s address company and other details press Up on the 5 way to highlight the name and then press Center 3 Several options for contacting the person are displayed depending on what information you have entered for the contact Highli
315. unt with TNEF disabled Note that TNEF must be enabled to receive meeting requests 3 Press Save c left action key Select lt New Contact gt to create a new contact entry for this name or address or select an existing contact to add the name or address to that entry i Outlook E mail G 4 Y3 K Select a Contact Working with email messages Adding a contact from an email message You can add a contact name or email address to your Contacts list directly from the To cc or bcc field of an email message You can select the name or address from either an outgoing or an incoming message and you can either create a new contact or add the information to an existing contact 1 Inan open message highlight the name or address of the contact you want to add 2 Press Center OD 12 Smagala Kevin 12 Smeed A 12 Smith James 2 Smith John Select Cancel 5 Enter or edit the contact information 6 Press Save lt left action key Adding an online address book Many email servers including servers running Exchange Server can verify names with an online address book also called a directory service or a Global Address List After you create and enable an email account the Inbox application checks your contacts list and then the directory service to verify names that you enter in the To cc and bcc fields 104 WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the fol
316. ur BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Make sure your phone is on and you re smartphone to enter settings for different inside a coverage area before you send accounts depending on which app best or receive messages meets your needs Email account type Type of email you can access How to set up POP IMAP You can obtain email from an See Setting up a POP IMAP ISP or Internet email account account in the Inbox such as EarthLink or from a application Common email small business or corporate providers or Setting up a POP Internet email account IMAP account in the Inbox application Other email providers SETTING UP EMAIL 5 YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER Email account type Type of email you can access How to set up Microsoft Exchange You can retrieve corporate server email using a Microsoft Exchange server You can access email wirelessly if your company is using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync See Setting up wireless synchronization You may need to check with your IT organization to ensure that Exchange ActiveSync is supported and to obtain the configuration settings Free web based You can access mail from email Yahoo and other free web based systems Access the email website directly using your smartphone s web browser Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Common email providers Follow this procedure if you have a common emai
317. ur Media filles es cccec eta dn ser ease ida 51 Camera iia eee aed ge cae oS be HEE Ee RES RAW aE wae EEE DES eee ees 52 Pictures amp VIDEOS 2d ias ii bad wane ERA is 57 Windows Media Player Mobile 00 00 61 Qi CONTENTS Chapter 9 Your personal information organizer 02 0000002 e eee eee 169 COMAS c g 22 8 aes at a ta 171 Calendar coocioso arios aia a da E e E E E 174 A A E E SEEE TE 180 NOTES uvas La pia eagai os art i eap E Ea aa ea pE ddie 183 Chapter 10 Your Microsoft Office and other document tools 0 187 Synchronizing your Microsoft Office files anaana aaan 189 Word Mobiles sisi eccnie iiri inii desns air aer 191 PowerrontiMoODlO ratas nd ea ae ea 197 EXCOlIMODIE coccion 198 BDF VIGWER 20 tara a Be taa iba 209 Chapter 11 Your application and info management tools oo oo oo o o o 213 FANGIMNGMMONMAU OM espresso e a a aA a Seg ah 215 installing applicatiOnS rerarerre pipa redie t a ad 217 REMOVING appliGAtioNS ssis mirate aiii tata aL lie dedi ds 220 Sharing informalo cea ai we eat be a i 221 BeamingINTORMAtON Licitacion Lita e aca ici dde date iio ie 221 UsiMg EXPANSION CAMAS 2 1305 2d naie oro de drid 223 Calculator vusrrrrionras rar e de eee die A e oe eee ees 229 Chapter 12 Your Persona setings cs accrcnacnadctraddeacteassabdeeaneaca 231 Today Screen SENOS micras sen e teak haw ete a eee whe 233 SYSTEM Sound Setting S ca ete sine nan oan
318. ved voicemail messages a Voicemail ap icon appears at the top of your screen 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press and hold 1 on the keyboard to dial your wireless service provider s voicemail system 3 Enter your voicemail password using the keyboard or press Extra Digits C left action key if you defined this option see Creating a speed dial button for details 4 Follow the voice prompts to listen to your messages CHAPTER USING VOICEMAIL O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW When a Voicemail icon appears at the top of the screen you can tap this icon to retrieve your voicemail tip You can display onscreen voicemail playback controls see Creating a speed dial button Retrieving messages from a voicemail notification NOTE Not all service plans support voicemail notification Check with your wireless service provider for more information You can retrieve voicemail messages when you receive a notification or you can dismiss the notification and retrieve the messages later e When you have a new voicemail message a notification screen appears New Yoicemail 4 37 PM 1 16 07 Dismiss e To hear your message now press Listen gt left action key e To retrieve your message later press Dismiss gt right action key What can do during a call Your smartphone offers many advanced telephone features including call waiting six way conferencing and call
319. vice 7 touchscreen See screen touchscreen lockout 243 244 touch sensitive feature 243 transactions 279 transferring applications 227 files 161 164 226 227 information 67 259 transition effects slides 198 transmission delays 268 Transparency level list 159 troubleshooting 257 285 Trusted Device list 142 trusted devices 141 142 145 See also partnerships trusted pairs See partnerships TTY devices 57 295 TTY TDD options 58 Turn on Bluetooth check box 52 142 turning on or off alarms 235 249 caller IDs 59 Caps Lock 25 device 34 294 event sounds 236 keyboard backlight 24 Keyguard 244 Option Lock 25 reminders 235 Ringer switch 234 screen 33 34 252 wireless services 11 TXT files 191 Typing mode 185 U UMTS services 291 unauthorized users 243 250 unavailable time slots 178 Underline option 195 underlining text 192 195 Undo command 160 Unfreeze Panes option 201 Unknown Caller option 56 unlocking device 246 SIM smartcards 245 spreadsheet rows and columns 201 unread messages 127 unretrieved voicemail 41 unsafe areas 294 untimed events 176 177 Update Library command 164 updating information 67 upgrades 259 uppercase letters 25 243 urgent message icon 127 URLs 164 197 See also web links USB connections 146 USB controllers 273 USB hubs 272 USB ports 77 272 USB sync cable 77 Use above settings while roaming check box 83 Use network time zone check box 249 User Guide 285 user
320. whose shortcut menu you want to see Calendar a Y New Appointment MESS Beam Appointment ISBN Delete Appointment Team meet 1 00p 2 00p 2 Press and hold Center O to open the shortcut menu TIP You can also tap and hold the stylus on an item to open the shortcut menu 3 Press Up A or Down Y to highlight a menu item 4 Press Center to select the menu item or press Left 4 to cancel your selection Selecting options in a list Lists enable you to select from a range of options You can identify whether a list is available when you select the field If a rectangle appears around the field along with a downward pointing arrow a list is 22 NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE O available Lists are different from the To select from a list do any of the menus described earlier in this section following CHAPTER e Use the 5 way to highlight the field and then press Center O to display the Location items in the list Press Up or Sants 1 17 07 ISO PM Down to highlight the item you want Ends 1 17 07 1 00 PM All Day and then press Center O to make Occurs your selection Reminder e Use your stylus to tap the arrow and then tap the item in the list Categories DID YOU KNOW In fields where you see a Calendar coll downward pointing arrow but no rectangle eee you must tap the arrow with the stylus to Location Meet
321. wireless features press Menu right action key and select the wireless feature you want to change 3 Press OK You can also turn wireless services on and off by tapping the signal strength icon at the top of the screen and selecting Wireless Manager SYSTEM SETTINGS 259 O YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER Connection settings Managing ISP settings Your smartphone is already set up to connect to the Internet using a high speed data connection on your wireless service provider s network To connect to the Internet simply start Internet Explorer Mobile For special situations such as connecting to your internet service provider ISP or to a remote access server RAS you can set up another connection BEFORE YOU BEGIN Obtain the following information from your ISP or system administrator e ISP server phone number or access point e Username e Password Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Connections fo 3 On the Tasks tab select Manage existing connections Select the Modem tab 5 Highlight the connection you want to view or change and then select Edit or to create a new connection select New 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to edit or create the connection Connecting to a VPN If you want to use your smartphone to access your corporate email account or other files on your corporate server you may need to set up a VPN virtua
322. writing 200 v Input Method Word Completion Options Default zoom level for typing 100 v Capitalize first letter of sentence Y Scroll upon reaching the last line Suggest words when entering text ndicates whether word suggestions appear as you enter text You can also Input Method Word Completion Options APPLICATION SETTINGS Voice recording format Specifies the format in which you save voice notes Default zoom level for writing Specifies the initial size of text entered from onscreen writing methods Default zoom level for typing Specifies the initial size of text entered using the keyboard Capitalize first letter of sentence Specifies whether the first letter of a sentence automatically appears in uppercase without requiring you to press a Shift key Scroll upon reaching the last line Specifies whether the display automatically scrolls when you select the last line of visible info 6 Press OK 9 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS O CHAPTER Locking your smartphone and info Your smartphone includes several features that help you protect your smartphone from inadvertent use and keep your information private The built in security software lets you use your smartphone for emergency calls such as dialing your national emergency number such as 911 or 112 even if it is locked Keyguard Manually disables all buttons a
323. ws and columns 203 moving between 201 naming 204 removing cells rows and columns 208 renaming 206 Writing mode 185 Y Year View 175 Z ZIP files 217 zoom buttons camera 153 Zoom command 192 zoom icons presentations 197 Zoom In command 197 zoom options 153 zoom settings 199 201 243 INDEX
324. xpansion card The root folder on your smartphone is named My Device My Device is similar to My Computer Windows XP or Computer Windows Vista on your computer 1 Press Start an and select Programs 2 Select File Explorer Y 3 Select the folder you want to explore If the folder you want is not displayed tap the Show list in the upperleft and select My Device to view all folders Show list File Explorer E ys E LE y pocuments v ame Sort by Business list FINDING INFORMATION YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS D DID YOU KNOW When the items in a folder are displayed you can sort them by name date size or type Select the Sort by list in the upper right and then select the sort method tip The storage card symbol appears next to the names of files that are stored on an expansion card 4 Doany of the following e To open an item select it e To quickly delete rename beam or email an item highlight the item press and hold Center OD to open the shortcut menu and then select the appropriate command To move a file to another folder highlight the item press and hold Center to open the shortcu menu and select Cut or Copy Open the destination folder press and hold Center to open the shortcu menu and then select Paste To highlight multiple items tap and drag the stylus IMPORTANT Do not delete any files that you cannot identify These files may be required
325. xt you want to include 5 Select the Options tab and check the boxes to indicate which info if any you want to appear on the screen when you turn on your smartphone 6 Press OK 6 CHAPTER LOCKING YOUR SMARTPHONE AND INFO 12 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER Tip You can also display your Owner Information on your Today screen See Selecting which items appear on your Today screen for details System settings Setting the date and time Use Clock amp Alarms Settings to set the time zone time and date for your home location and a location that you visit To set the display format for the date and time see Setting display formats 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Clock 8 Alarms B 3 On the Time tab select Home Clock amp Alarms Home GMT 8 Pacific US 7 1 53 57 AM aly 1 18 2007 E O Visiting Time Alarms More 4 Select the first list and then select the time zone for your home location 5 Select the hour and then press Up a or Down Y to increase or decrease the hour setting Repeat this process for the minute seconds and AM PM settings 6 Optional Select Visiting and set the info for a location that you visit often 7 Press OK 8 If prompted select Yes to accept your changes Synchronizing the date time and time zone with the network By default your smartphone synchronizes th
326. y SMS Short Messaging Service The service that exchanges short text messages almost instantly between mobile devices Your smartphone can send and receive text messages while you are on a call See Creating and sending a text message Start The menu on your smartphone from which you can open all applications See Opening applications streaming Technology that enables you to access media content for example watch video or listen to an audio program directly from the Internet on your smartphone without needing to download and a save a 290 TERMS file on your smartphone See Viewing a video synchronization The process in which information that is entered or updated on your smartphone your computer or a server is automatically updated in one of the other locations either wirelessly or by means of a cable connection See Synchronizing information UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System One of the third generation 3G mobile phone technologies that is designed for high speed data transfer with rates up to 384 Kbps as well as voice and multimedia services lt uses W CDMA as the underlying technology See What are all those icons username The name associated with your smartphone that distinguishes it from other Windows Mobile devices If you install ActiveSync desktop software you are asked to give your smartphone a username If you only synchronize wirelessly u
327. y screen From your Today screen you can quickly look up a contact make a call see your latest calendar appointments see the number of unread email messages and even perform a web search To access your Today screen press Phone Send TIP If you press Phone Send while a number is highlighted your smartphone dials the number If a number is highlighted deselect the number or use the Start menu to access the Today screen Tip You can also open the Today screen by pressing Power End unless you are on a call If you re on a call pressing Power End hangs up the call If the Today screen is already displayed and you re not on a call pressing Power End turns off the screen display USING YOUR TODAY SCREEN CHAPTER Title barand__ Pra status info i y Speed dial entries E mail Title bar and status info See What are all those icons to learn about the icons that appear in this area Dial Lookup field Type the number you want to call and press Center to dial or begin typing a name to look up the associated number in Contacts See Dialing by contact name for more info Web search field Enter a web address or a keyword and press Center or Return to view a list of search results based on the address or word data services connection required Wireless Service Provider MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM TREO 750 SMARTPHONE Gly 4 21 Dial Lookup field
328. y Palm such as the one included on the Windows Mobile Getting Started CD Tip Some third party applications do not create a backup on your computer when you synchronize If you do a hard reset you may lose info in these applications and you need to reinstall the application on your smartphone after the hard reset Please contact the application vendor to find out if your info is backed up during synchronization DID You know When you synchronize after a hard reset the source folder in My Documents changes from Treo My Documents to WML_your name RESETTING YOUR SMARTPHONE TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER A hard reset can tell you whether a problem stems from your smartphone or from an application installed on it If you do not experience the problem after you perform a hard reset the problem may be related to software you installed See Third party applications for suggestions on diagnosing third party software issues 1 Synchronize your smartphone with your computer so that your smartphone applications and info can be restored by synchronizing again after you perform the hard rest Open the expansion card slot door on the side of your smartphone If the screen is off press Power End to wake up the screen While pressing and holding Power End use the tip of the stylus to gently press and hold the reset button next to the expansion card slot Continue pressing and holding both buttons until the
329. y server settings see Setting up wireless synchronization and try again later An alert tells me that my account information could not be detected When you set up the Exchange server sync options the credentials page was left blank Correct the credentials see Setting up wireless synchronization or set up your smartphone to sync only with a computer and try to sync again An alert tells me the device timed out while waiting for credentials The Exchange server credentials screen was left open too long Re enter the Exchange server credentials and try to sync again Email l have problems using my account Occasionally you may experience problems using an email account after you set it up If you followed the account setup procedure and are experiencing problems in using the account verify that the account complies with your email provider s requirements by following these steps e Verify both your password and your username for your email account Some email service providers require you to be on their network to use your email account If this is the case be sure to use your provider s network as the connection type for the account e Some email service providers have other requirements specific to their service For example Yahoo requires you to set up POP mail forwarding for your Yahoo account to download email messages to your smartphone Check with your service provider to see if any p
330. y with 135 connecting to 135 145 ending connections to 255 redirectors and 279 searching over 135 submitting transactions and 279 week numbers 180 Week View 174 179 Week view option 179 Windows Mobile devices 227 209 Windows Mobile Getting Started Disc 2 218 Windows Mobile operating system 264 291 Windows Mobile software 218 wireless band setting 60 wireless connections 133 141 146 wireless coverage 12 33 wireless features 11 133 253 281 INDEX Wireless Manager 11 34 253 Wireless Manager command 1 34 wireless modems 145 wireless phones 298 wireless services 11 253 wireless synchronization 70 79 84 85 275 WMA files 158 161 WMV files 158 161 Word application 187 See also documents Word Completion tab 242 word matching 193 208 Word Mobile application 18 191 197 Word Mobile icon 192 word processing features 191 workbook list 209 workbooks See also Excel Mobile application spreadsheets creating 200 deleting 209 displaying 201 moving around in 201 naming 208 organizing 208 replacing information in 207 saving 198 200 209 searching 207 setting default template for 209 worksheet names 199 worksheets See also spreadsheets workbooks adding 204 adjusting column and row size for 205 deleting 209 entering defined names in 205 entering formulas in 202 209 entering functions in 202 filtering data in 206 formatting options for 205 inserting cells ro
331. ying and forwarding box to add this signature to messages you reply to or forward with this account 8 Highlight the text Enter a signature here and enter the signature text you want to use 9 Press OK Customizing your email settings When you customize settings for an email account the options you choose apply to that account only WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES 1 Goto your Today screen 2 Press E mail gt left action key 3 Do one of the following e If the account list is displayed press Menu gt right action key and select Options e If the message list for a specific account is displayed press Menu E right action key and select Tools gt Options 4 On the Accounts tab highlight the account you want and set any of the following options Options Tap an account to change settings Outlook E mail Other POP IMAP Windows Live Display account picker when opening Inbox ESPE E Security Allows you to specify whether you receive a warning message before you open a URL or file link that is not on your smartphone YOUR EMAIL 5 Display account picker when opening Inbox Specifies whether a list of your email accounts appears when you open the Inbox application allowing you to select the one you want to use If the box is unchecked the Inbox application opens to the last account you used CHAPTER TIP If the Display account picker when openi
332. ync 76 alternate characters 26 applications 28 238 calculator 229 Calendar application 174 Contacts application 171 Dial Pad 39 File Explorer 216 information 29 250 Internet Explorer 135 menu items 20 21 22 Messaging app 119 Notes application 183 on device help 285 online address books 105 options in lists 22 Outlook folders 273 Palm online support 285 PDF Viewer 191 Phone Settings screen 13 Pictures amp Videos application 157 158 162 164 Quick Tour 285 remote files 254 speed dial buttons 36 spreadsheet templates 200 Tasks application 181 Tasks entry bar 183 the Internet 254 268 Today screen 12 29 web pages 135 137 139 279 Wireless Manager 34 accounts conference calls and 46 customer service support for 285 missing phone numbers and 14 preventing unauthorized use of 243 250 removing email 97 troubleshooting 276 Accounts tab 97 103 108 action keys 5 20 actions 20 236 activating items on screen 20 active call info 42 active calls See phone calls ActiveSync defined 287 installing 69 opening 76 receiving email and 101 synchronizing with 69 71 259 270 troubleshooting 259 270 275 ActiveSync icon 76 79 189 287 ActiveSync Plug in for Bluetooth 84 Add a new VPN server connection option 255 INDEX Add Contact prompt 44 Add Favorite dialog box 137 Add Media command 122 Add Picture command 122 Add Recipient command 119 Add Server Source command 80 Add S
333. you did not do so during desktop software installation see Setting up your computer for synchronization and Changing which applications sync The procedure for synchronizing files is different for computers running Windows XP and computers running Windows Vista Synchronizing files Windows XP 1 Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB sync cable NOTE Most ActiveSync desktop software options are available only when your smartphone is connected to your computer 2 On your computer double click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of your computer screen to open the ActiveSync desktop software window tip If the ActiveSync icon does not appear in the taskbar go to Start navigate to Programs and then select Microsoft ActiveSync to open the ActiveSync window Microsoft ActiveSync Fle View Tools Hep O syne D schedule E Explore Treo Connected Synchronized Hide Details 4 Information Ty Status 1 Windows PC Synchronized Contacts E calendar emai Elrasks ries 3 Under Information Type double click Files to view a list of all synchronized files CHAPTER SYNCHRONIZING YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE FILES D YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Tip If Files doesn t appear under Information Type open the Tools menu and select Options Make sure the Files box is checked 4 Do any of the following e To delete a file
334. you finish recording tap the Stop M icon A Recording 2 icon appears in the note or note list depending on where you recorded the note Press OK 8 DID YOU KNOW You can add several voice notes within a single note Tip To play a recording select the voice note in the Notes list or open the note containing the recording and tap the Recording icon Tap the controls at the bottom of the screen to control playback and volume Creating a note from a template 1 2 oo fF Ww Go to the Notes list Tap the Show list in the upperleft and then select Templates Open the template you want to use Enter the information Press OK e Rename the note and move it to the appropriate folder See Organizing your notes for details Tip To create a new template open the note you want to save as a template Press Menu right action key and select Rename Move Select Name and then enter a name for the template Tap the Show list select Template and press OK NOTES Organizing your notes You can rename your notes move notes to another folder and move notes between your smartphone and an expansion storage card 1 Go to the Notes list and highlight a note you want to move 2 Press Menu C right action key and select Rename Move 3 Select Name and enter a new name for the note 4 Select Folder and then select the folder in which you want to store the note 5 Select Location and then select Ma
335. your response and then select OK To decline or tentatively accept the invitation press Menu C right action key and select Decline or Tentative Tip If you receive an updated meeting invitation you can again choose to accept decline or tentatively accept If you receive a meeting cancellation you don t need to do anything 114 WORKING WITH MEETING INVITATIONS YOUR EMAIL 5 a uu E lt i You can send certain files as attachments sending email from within the application where the file is messages from created or stored For example if you take F a picture with the built in camera on your with ma nother smartphone you can select an option to send the picture as an attachment to an appl ication email message You can also use this feature with videos and sound files For details see the chapter on the specific You can send files such as pictures videos ne application and ringtones as attachments to email messages see Creating and sending an email message SENDING EMAIL MESSAGES FROM WITHIN ANOTHER APPLICATION 15 QO YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER 116 SENDING EMAIL MESSAGES FROM WITHIN ANOTHER APPLICATION 6 Your text and multimedia Messages If you need to get a short message to a friend or a coworker fast send a text message from your Palm Treo 750 smartphone to their mobile phone or email address If you need more than text to express yourself use multimed
336. your Today screen and tap Bluetooth 3 Optional To give the partnership a more meaningful name select Display Name and enter a new name Press Finish gt right action key When your smartphone is receiving info a notification tells you that a transmission is in progress To stop the transmission press Cancel C gt right action key To close the notification press Hide gt left action key CHAPTER 2 Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box to turn on the Bluetooth feature on your smartphone Using your device as a wireless modem 3 If you have already set up a partnership with the transmitting device your smartphone is ready to receive the info Internet Connection Sharing ICS is the feature that converts your smartphone into a modem so that you can access the Internet from your computer If you haven t set up a connection check the Make this device visible to other devices box to let the device find your smartphone and request a connection You can set up Internet Connection Sharing 4 When prompted to add this device in one of two ways select Yes e Connect your smartphone to your 5 Enter the same passkey on your computer using the USB sync cable smartphone and on the Bluetooth 4 e If your computer is enabled with device Bluetooth wireless technology you can set up your smartphone as a wireless USING YOUR DEVICE AS A WIRELESS MODEM 7 YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE
337. your smartphone CHAPTER CHARGING THE BATTERY 2 O SETTING UP CHAPTER the onscreen battery icon displays the E charging status os A solid lightning bolt indicates that the battery is connected to a wall outlet and is charging E A shaded lightning bolt indicates that the battery is connected to a wall outlet and is fully charged Ea A partial battery without a lightning bolt indicates that the battery is not connected to a wall outlet and that it has some power Indicator light tt An exclamation point indicates 4 Check the indicator light to confirm that that the battery needs to be your smartphone is charging charged immediately e Solid red indicates that your smartphone is charging 7 agape a 4 10 Solid green indicates that your 24s Battery Wireless Service Provider 3 icon MN Type a name or number smartphone is fully charged DID YOU KNOW If the battery is low the indicator light flashes red When your smartphone is on see Turning your Palm Treo 750 smartphone on off E mail CHARGING THE BATTERY DID YOU KNOW If your battery ever becomes fully drained your info remains safely stored on your smartphone Recharge the battery to access your info tip You can also charge your smartphone from your computer by connecting them with the sync cable Maximizing battery life Battery life depends on how you use your smartphone You can maximize

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

THE FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION (FDA) UPDATES  Bedienungsanleitung Getac F110  User Manual  MVC-FD91  accéder à l'étude  Blade Pico QX RTF  Télécharger cet article  VM41R USER MANUAL - VMI International AB  Manual Estação Total Topcon CTS-3000  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file